MB2100 series Online Manual Printer Functions Overview Printing Scanning Faxing Troubleshooting English
Contents Using This Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Search Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Using the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Color LCD Monitor). . . 88 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Monochrome LCD Monitor). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Unplugging the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Setting Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Setting Mail Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Help Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Other Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Technical Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registering Root Certificate to Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Printing with Easy Setup. . . .
Canon IJ Preview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523 Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing Photo Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 Printing Photographs Saved on USB Flash Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612 Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 Using Useful Display Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saving after Checking Scan Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677 IJ Scan Utility Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680 IJ Scan Utility Main Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681 Settings Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827 General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831 Other Scanning Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833 Scanning with WIA Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Receive Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901 Setting Sender Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906 Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972 Remote Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974 Rejecting Fax Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975 Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check 4: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032 Check 5: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 Back of Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 No Ink Comes Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129 Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing, or Cannot Dial by Entering Numbers. . 1131 Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Problems Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 1314. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 2801. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 Other Cases. . . . . . . . . . . .
3407. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225 3408. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 3410. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 3411. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 5203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1259 5204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 5205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6940. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291 6941. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292 6942. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 6943. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using This Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows) Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation. Caution Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Trademarks and Licenses • Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. • Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. • Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. • Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Apache License Version 2.0, January 2004 http://www.apache.org/licenses/ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION 1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form. 3. Grant of Patent License.
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License. 8. Limitation of Liability.
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties. Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. LEADTOOLS Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc. CMap Resources ----------------------------------------------------------Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved. Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above c
Enter keywords in the search window and click (Search). You can search for target pages in this guide. Entry example: "(your product's model name) load paper" Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window. Important • This function may not be available in some countries/regions. Note • The displayed screen may vary.
Note • The displayed screen varies depending on your product. • Searching for Application Functions Enter your application's name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example: When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter "My Image Garden collage" in the search window and perform a search • Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title* * You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well.
Using the Machine Printing Documents from Your Computer (Windows) Printing Documents from Your Computer (Mac OS) Copying Faxing 34
Printing Documents from Your Computer (Windows) Print documents from applications on a computer or other device as follows. 1. Pull out the cassette. 2. Load paper printing-side DOWN. 3. Align the paper guides with the paper length and width. 4. Insert the cassette. After you insert the cassette, a screen for registering paper information for the cassette is displayed on the LCD. 5. Select the size and type of paper in the cassette in Page size and Type, and then press the OK button.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information. 6. Pull out the output tray extension (A) and open the paper output support (B). 7. In the application, select Print. You can often access the Print dialog box by selecting Print in the File menu. 8. Select the model name and click Preferences (or Properties). Printer driver settings are displayed. Note • Command and menu names vary by application, and printing may involve more steps.
10. Once the print settings are complete, click OK to print. Note • A variety of print settings can be configured with the printer driver.
Printing Documents from Your Computer (Mac OS) Print documents from applications on a computer or other device as follows. 1. Pull out the cassette. 2. Load paper printing-side DOWN. 3. Align the paper guides with the paper length and width. 4. Insert the cassette. After you insert the cassette, a screen for registering paper information for the cassette is displayed on the LCD. 5. Select the size and type of paper in the cassette in Page size and Type, and then press the OK button.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information. 6. Pull out the output tray extension (A) and open the paper output support (B). 7. In the application, select Print. You can often access the Print dialog by selecting Print... in the File menu. Note • For detailed instructions on operation, refer to the application user manual. 8. Select the model name and click Printer list. Click Show Details to switch the Setup window to the detailed display.
9. Select the paper size. In Paper Size, select the paper size you use. 10. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu.
11. Select the media type. In Media Type, select the same media type loaded in the machine. 12. Once the print settings are complete, click Print to print. Note • A variety of print settings can be configured with the printer driver.
Copying Load originals and copy them on plain paper as follows. 1. Pull out the cassette. 2. Load paper printing-side DOWN. 3. Align the paper guides with the paper length and width. 4. Insert the cassette. After you insert the cassette, a screen for registering paper information for the cassette is displayed on the LCD. 5. Select the size and type of paper in the cassette in Page size and Type, and then press the OK button.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information. 6. Pull out the output tray extension (A) and open the paper output support (B). 7. Press the HOME button (C). 8. Select Copy (D), and then press the OK button. 9. Open the document cover (E). 10. Load the original face-DOWN, aligned with the alignment mark (F).
Note • For continuous copying of multiple originals, use the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). 11. Close the document cover. 12. Check the paper settings, and then press the Black or Color button (G). Important • Do not open the document cover until copying is finished. Note • The machine offers many other convenient copying features.
Faxing Fax multiple documents in black and white as follows. 1. Open the document tray (A). 2. Insert the documents face-UP. 3. Adjust the document guides as needed. 4. Press the HOME button (B). 5. Select FAX (C), and then press the OK button.
6. Use the keypad to enter the fax number (D). 7. Press the Black button (E). Note • Many other convenient faxing features are available.
Printer Functions Connect Wirelessly in "Direct Connection" Download a Variety of Content Materials Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application) Managing Printer Conveniently Using Quick Utility Toolbox Available Connection Methods Scan Originals Larger than the Platen Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY Printing with Windows RT Online Storage Integration Function 47
Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device 48
Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note • If you want to print using AirPrint from iOS device, see below. Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Checking Your Environment First, check your environment.
Note • If the printer's Auto Power On function is enabled, the printer is turned on automatically when it receives the print data. 2. Load paper. 3. Perform printing on your application software. Print dialog appears. 4. Select your model name added as AirPrint printer from the Printer list in the Print Dialog. 5. Set the paper size, media type, and other settings as needed. 6. Select Print. When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.
Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note • If you want to print using AirPrint from Mac, see below. Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Checking Your Environment First, check your environment.
4. Tap Print from menu options. 5. Select your model name from Printer on Printer Options. Important • Because some applications do not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If an application does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that application.
Note • Printer Options differ depending on the application that you are using. 6. When printing file type that has multiple pages, such as PDF file, tap Range and tap All Pages or select range of pages to be printed. 7. For 1 Copy, tap + or - to set number of required copies. 8. For Duplex Printing, tap On to enable duplex printing or tap Off to disable function. 9. Tap Print. When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.
Load the envelope in vertically with the address side facing down so that the folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the right side. Checking Print Status During printing, a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used applications and you can use it to check the print progress. Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode. Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary.
Connect Wirelessly in "Direct Connection" The printer supports "direct connection" in which you can connect to the printer wirelessly from a computer or smartphone without a wireless router. Switch to "direct connection" to print or scan wirelessly.
Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A "printing materials site" where you can download all the printing materials for free. Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper parts are provided. CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials. PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via Easy-PhotoPrint+.
Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application) You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages, anytime and anywhere, by simply accessing Easy-PhotoPrint+ on the web from a computer or tablet. By using Easy-PhotoPrint+, you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation. Moreover, you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook, or with online storage, web albums, etc.
Managing Printer Conveniently Using Quick Utility Toolbox Quick Utility Toolbox is a shortcut menu that lets you access the functions you want to use with one click. After installing utilities compatible with Quick Utility Toolbox, they will be added to this menu. The Quick Utility Toolbox provides a convenient way to quickly launch added utilities for making printer settings and doing other management tasks. Refer to the following for details.
Available Connection Methods The following connection methods are available on the printer. Wireless Connection • With a wireless router • Without a wireless router USB Connection Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device (e.g. smartphone or tablet). One method is to connect using a wireless router, and the other method is to connect without using a wireless router. The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time.
◦ You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer. ◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router. • Connection without Using a Wireless Router ◦ Connect the printer and a device without using a wireless router. Connect a device and the printer directly using the printer's direct connection.
Scan Originals Larger than the Platen By using the stitch function of IJ Scan Utility, you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported. Refer to the following for details.
Scan Multiple Originals at One Time By using IJ Scan Utility, you can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually. Refer to the following for details.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • • • • Print images from a photo-sharing service Print documents from a data management service Save scanned images to a data management service. Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service • Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided, the availability of site access, or permission to download the materials. • Canon may at any time update, change, or delete the information provided through the web service, or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice. Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Before Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Registering Printer Information to PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Cloud Troubleshooting 65
Before Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link First, check the following content: • Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents, be sure to check these precautions beforehand. • Printer Specifications ◦ The printer must support a color LCD monitor. To check whether your model supports this function, see "Models that Support PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer". ◦ Your printer may not support the scan function. ◦ The printer must support the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc. nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
Registering Printer Information to PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Follow the steps described below to register the printer information to the cloud service server. 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2. From the printer home screen, select Cloud Note • If multiple users will be using the printer after the initial registration, select the login user name from the Switch user screen, enter the Security code, and proceed with the registration.
Note • If you select Do not agree, a confirmation screen asking whether you want to cancel Register My account appears. If you select Yes, then Register My account is canceled, and you return to the Home screen. Even if you select Do not agree, you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration screen later. • You can print the displayed information by pressing the Start button. 6.
The registration of printer information is completed, and a list of apps is displayed. See here for the description of the apps list screen. After you complete the registration, you can print photos and documents that have been uploaded to apps on the linked cloud service and add/delete/sort apps.
Application Management This section explains how to add, delete, and sort apps. Important • Select how to manage allows you to change which users can use this service. For details, see "Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window". Add apps You can add your favorite apps to the printer. Follow the steps described below to add apps. 1. From the printer home screen, select Cloud 2. On the cloud's Main screen, select Add/delete 3. Select Register apps 4.
5. From the displayed apps list, select the app that you want to register Note • Description of displayed icons : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. If you are using a G3000 series model, you cannot use this service because the model is not supported. 6. Select Register The registration is completed and the app is added to the apps list. To register another app, repeat the procedure from step 5. To end the app registration, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen.
3. Select Delete apps 4. From the apps list, select the app that you want to delete Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. If you are using a G3000 series model, you cannot use this service because the model is not supported. 5.
When the deletion is finished, the app will be deleted from the apps list on the main screen. To delete another app, repeat the procedure from step 4. To end the app deletion, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen. Note • Config allows you to re-register deleted apps. Sort apps You can sort apps displayed on the apps list. Follow the steps described below to sort apps. 1. From the printer home screen, select Cloud 2. On the cloud's Main screen, select Add/delete 3. Select Sort 4.
Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. If you are using a G3000 series model, you cannot use this service because the model is not supported. 5. Use / buttons to move the app 6. Select Done Sorting is complete. To continue the sorting, repeat the procedure from step 4. To end the sorting, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example. Important The available functions differ depending on the app. The printing procedure differs depending on the app. You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand. The following file formats can be printed: jpg, jpeg, pdf, docx, doc, xlsx, xls, pptx, ppt, and rtf. The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app.
4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next 5. Make the necessary print settings, and then select Color A message that indicates the completion of issuing print job appears, and printing starts. To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3. To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen.
Note • To leave a usage history of this service, from the Home window on the operation panel, select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> History setting for this service -> Save.
Cloud Windows This section describes the Main screen of Cloud and the services available on the Main screen. Important • Select how to manage allows you to change which users can use this service. For details, see "Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window". When you select Cloud from the printer home screen, the cloud's Main screen appears. You can use the areas shown below to perform various functions, including adding, starting, and managing apps.
Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. If you are using a G3000 series model, you cannot use this service because the model is not supported. (2) Add/delete button Use this button to add, delete, and sort apps. Register apps Select this to add your favorite apps. See here for details on how to add apps Delete apps Select this to delete registered apps.
Manage jobs From the Status list window, you can check the status of a job. Settings Select this to set the Time zone. Select your region on the list. For some regions, you can set whether or not to apply the daylight saving time setting. Important • If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Legal information This shows the License agreement and Privacy statement. Press the Start button to print the displayed information.
Cloud Troubleshooting If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print. • Check that the printer is connected to the Internet. • Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet. • Check that no error message is displayed on the printer's LCD monitor. • If printing does not start even after you wait awhile, go to the printer's home screen, and select Setup -> Web service inquiry.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 83
Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device, and checking the print status, print error, and ink status of the printer. You can also print app photos and documents from your smartphone or tablet.
Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer CPU x86 or x64 1.6 GHz or higher RAM 2 GB or higher Monitor display Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Number of display colors 24 bits (true-color) or higher OS Browser Internet Explorer 9 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Windows Vista SP2 Internet Explorer 9, 10, 11 Windows 7 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10, 11 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Windows 8.
• In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be released. For confirmation instructions, contact the network administrator.
Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information.
Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Color LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Registering from Printer 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2. From the printer home screen, select Cloud If printer information has not been registered to the cloud service server, the Registration Preparation Completion Screen appears. 3.
To return to the cloud main screen, select Exit. Note • You must have a special app to read QR codes from your smartphone or tablet. If you do not have an app that reads QR codes on your smartphone or tablet, install one from App Store or Google Play. 7. In Preparation for registration screen, select Send blank e-mail Note • When you select Send blank e-mail, the "destination entry completed" mailer starts up automatically. After the blank e-mail is created, send that e-mail without making any changes.
In the displayed screen, enter the E-mail address that you want to register, and then select Continue registration. Note • If you enter an e-mail address that has already been registered, you will receive an "already registered" e-mail. Follow the instructions in the e-mail, and register a different e-mail address. Important • There are character restrictions for the e-mail address, as shown below. • Up to 255 characters consisting of single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!$'*/ ^_{}|~.-@).
9. Follow instructions in screen display, and select OK The registration page URL will be sent to the registered e-mail address. Access the URL in the e-mail, Register the Information, and Complete the User Registration 1. Check that e-mail containing URL has been sent to registered e-mail address, and access URL 2.
3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use.
• The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 5. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected.
Enter the registered E-mail address and Password, and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Monochrome LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Print registration information from the printer 1. On the printer operation panel, select the Setup button, and then select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Register w/ service 2. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes 3.
2. When the printer registration screen is displayed, select Create new account 3. Enter the E-mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer's owner, and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e-mail address entered.
Important • There are character restrictions for the e-mail address, as shown below. • Up to 255 characters consisting of single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!$'*/ ^_{}|~.-@). (Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated.) • Multibyte characters cannot be used. You will get an error if the e-mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used.
3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use.
• The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 5. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected.
Enter the registered E-mail address and Password, and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Printing Your Printer Registration ID Important • Some models do not support this function. To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you will need a Printer registration ID. From the operation panel of this printer, print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID. The procedure is as follows: 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet Important • To use this function, you must connect this printer to the Internet.
If your model has monochrome LCD monitor 2. On the printer operation panel, select the Setup button, and then select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Register w/ service 3. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes 4. In the print settings, select the display language 5.
Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (No LCD Monitor/Using PRO-1000 series or PRO-500 series) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Registering from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet Important • To use this function, you must connect this printer to the Internet. 2.
If you want to register a different e-mail address, select Do not send to display the E-mail address entry screen. In the displayed screen, enter the E-mail address that you want to register, and then select Continue registration. Note • If you enter an e-mail address that has already been registered, you will receive an "already registered" e-mail. Follow the instructions in the e-mail, and register a different e-mail address.
7. Follow instructions in screen display, and select OK The registration page URL will be sent to the registered e-mail address. Access the URL in the e-mail, Register the Information, and Complete the User Registration 1. Check that e-mail containing URL has been sent to registered e-mail address, and access URL 2.
3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use.
• The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 5. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected.
Enter the registered E-mail address and Password, and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed, you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service. 1. From your PC, smartphone, or tablet, access the service login URL (http://cs.c-ij.com/) 2. On the Login screen, enter the E-mail address and Password, and then select Log in Important • The e-mail address and password are case-sensitive. Make sure the case is correct.
Printing procedure This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example. Important • The available functions differ depending on the app. • The printing procedure differs depending on the app. • You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand. • The following file formats can be printed: jpg, jpeg, pdf, docx, doc, xlsx, xls, pptx, ppt, and rtf. The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app.
4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next 5.
6. A print job completion message appears, and printing starts To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3. To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen. Important • If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued, the print job will expire and cannot be printed. • With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs, print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count.
Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone, tablet device, or computer. Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Important • You have 5 tries to enter your password. If you fail, you will not be able to log in for about the next 60 minutes.
Reset password from here Select this if you forgot the password. Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen. Create new account A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. For a new registration, you need the Printer registration ID. About this service This displays the descriptions of this service. System requirements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
(4) Right context menu (5) Display area (6) Menu area (1) Left context menu (Administrator only) When you select , the left context menu appears. When you select Mng. printer, Manage users, Group management, or Advanced management, the corresponding screen appears. Note • Group management appears only when you use Select how to manage and set Manage by group (for office users). Mng. printer screen From the Mng.
• Display update date/time of the printer information This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated. refreshes the information. • Multiuser mode (MAXIFY series only) If multiple users will be using the printer, add a check mark to Multiuser mode. The check mark is linked to the Require security code screen. • Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer. When you select , the screen shown below appears.
• Delete printers When you select , the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. When transferring the ownership of the printer, select Clear the information saved on the printer. • Add printers Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer. Note • Although the number of printers that can be registered for one domain is not limited, only up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate.
• Adding a user Select Add user. The user registration screen appears. • Changing Administrator and Standard user settings To change the privileges of the Administrator or a Standard user, select Authority for the user whom you want to change the settings for.
Users Displays all users and mail addresses registered in the domain. Printers Displays all printers registered in the domain. Apps With the default settings, the screen displays all apps. To display only registered apps, select the Registered category. / To switch between app registration/deletion, select . Web services Displays the external link service. You can restrict the use of other web services that use Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center accounts such as Easy-PhotoPrint+.
• Duplicate group names cannot be registered in the same domain. • Deleting a Group To delete a group from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, select . If you delete all groups, you must create a new one. To set a different management method, set the target method from the Select how to manage screen. • Add group Add a group to be used in Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Note • You can register up to 20 groups.
Advanced management screen The Advanced management screen allows you to set the management method for printer users and apps that can be used. To go to the setup screen, select . • Require security code Each user can set a Security code, start the app, and perform printing and other operations. This setting is linked with Multiuser mode on the Mng. printer screen. Note • The list does not display models without an LCD or models with a monochrome LCD.
• Select how to manage You can change the management method for usable apps and printers. Manage app availability by printer If you are using multiple printers, you can manage the useable apps for each printer. Manage app availability by user When one printer is used, you can manage the usable apps by user. For usage examples, see "Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Home/If you are using PRO-1000 series or PRO-500 series)".
(3) Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed. The Administrator can change the printer name from the Mng. printer screen of the left context menu. (4) Right context menu When you select , the context menu appears. The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area. The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice. • Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps. You can use the Done.
Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. If you are using a G3000 series model, you cannot use this service because the model is not supported. • Latest notices This displays the latest notices. The • symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice. My account Displays user information. From the My account screen, you can change your account settings.
(5) Display area The display changes based on the menu you select. (6) Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed: • Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area. • Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area. The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps. The Registered screen lists registered apps. You can check the information of these apps or deregister them. Note • If Group management has been set, Config is not displayed.
On the Search apps screen, the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category. ◦ When you select When you select , the details of the app are displayed. / , you can choose to register or unregister the app.
or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. If you are using a G3000 series model, you cannot use this service because the model is not supported. • Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected. You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred. You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual.
Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Home/If you are using PRO-1000 series or PRO-500 series) The Advanced management function allows you to take advantage of the many useful functions that the service offers for home use. This section introduces those functions by using a family of 3 (father, mother, and child) as an example.
3. The father selects Add user, and by following the screen instructions, registers the mother and child as users. After this registration is complete, the mother and child can individually use the service.
If Father, Mother, and Child Want to Manage Apps Individually With the default settings, only the Administrator (father) can register apps to be used or delete apps. After the Administrator (father) specifies settings according to the procedure below, the father, the mother, and the child will be able to manage apps individually. 1. As the Administrator, the father logs in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and selects Advanced management from 2.
3. The father sets Manage app availability by user and selects OK 4. The screen for checking the management method change appears To complete the setup and return to the Advanced management window, select OK.
All registered users can register and delete apps freely.
Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Work) The Group management function allows you take advantage of the many useful functions that the service offers for office use. This section introduces an example in which two printers are used, the Administrator is the senior clerk, and the other members are the company president, the section manager, and the new hire. Note • If the second printer has not been registered, select "Adding a Printer" and register the printer by following the procedure.
4. The senior clerk selects Advanced management from 5.
6. The senior clerk sets Manage by group (for office users) and selects OK Note • If Group management has already been set up, refer to step 10 and the subsequent steps. 7. On the screen for checking management method changes, the senior clerk checks the displayed information and selects OK.
This appears only if the selected mode is Group management. To complete the setup and display the Group management screen, select OK. Note • With the default settings, the group is named "group1". • With the default settings, all registered users belong to the same group. 8. In the Group management screen, the senior clerk selects the of the group to be renamed 9.
10. Select Settings, and in group setup screen, check that all users on the Users tab are selected 11. On Printers tab, check that all printers are selected 12.
To switch between app registration/deletion, select / . To return to the Group management screen, select Close. This completes the setup of the group to be used by the entire office. Note • The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain. • If you want to set up new apps as an individual, you can add a group. To create a new group, use Add group, and then in the setup screen for the added group, add users and printers.
1. From , select Group management Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2.
3. The senior clerk enters the Group name and selects OK In this field, enter "President" as the president-only group because you will be setting apps that only the president can use. Important • The following restrictions apply to entering the Group name. • The group name can have up to 20 single-byte alphanumeric characters or up to 10 doublebyte characters. • The same group name cannot be registered more than once in the same domain. • Up to 20 groups can be registered.
5. On Users tab, select only president 6. On the Printers tab, select printer to be used. 7.
To switch between app registration/deletion, select / . To return to the Group management screen, select Close. The above procedure allows you to set apps that only the president can use. Note • The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain. Limiting Apps That All Members Can Use on Printer To set the apps to be used on the printer, use the following procedure provided by this service.
Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. For Apps available on printers that do not require a security code, select Settings 3.
To switch between app registration/deletion, select / . To return to the Group management screen, select Close. The above procedure sets up Evernote as the only app that all users can use on the printer. Limiting Apps That Individual Users Can Use on Printer For each user, you can set the apps that the user can use on the printer. As an example, this section describes the procedure for allowing only the president to also use the Facebook app from the printer. 1.
2. For Require security code, select Set. 3. Select printer for setting up Security code. Security codes identify individual users when multiple users are using a printer.
Note • On models where the settings cannot be changed, this function cannot be selected. Some models do not support this function. To check whether your model supports this function, see "Models that Support Security Codes". 4. Set up Security code If there are users who have not set up a Security code, a screen appears for checking whether to send an e-mail prompting those users to set up a Security code. To send a notification e-mail only to users without a Security code, select OK.
Important • The following character restriction applies to Security code entries: • Up to 8 alphanumeric characters The Security code change process ends, and the change completion message appears. In the message screen, select OK to return to the main screen. 5. Select Cloud from the printer's home screen 6. In Switch user screen, select user 7.
Note • If you have not set a Security code, set a Security code from My account, and then Log in. 8. Select Facebook app Only the president will be able to use the Facebook app from the printer. Limiting Printers That Individual Users Can Use As an example, this section describes the procedure for setting up one printer for the president and another printer for all users.
1. From , select Group management Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. Select Settings for the group containing all users 3.
To return to the Group management screen, select Close. Important • If a user is being managed in multiple groups and an app is deleted or the target printer is changed for one of those groups, the user can still use that app or printer if the one of the other groups allows it. Only the printer that was set can be used by all users.
What is a Security code? A Security code identifies the user when multiple other users are sharing the same printer. Important • If you are using the MAXIFY series, you can set a Security code. We recommend that you set a Security code to prevent other users from using your account. • This code is valid only when you use MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer operation panel. You cannot use this code when you access the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from your smartphone, tablet, or computer.
Adding a Printer With one account, you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers. The procedure for adding a printer is as follows: If your model has color LCD monitor If your model has monochrome LCD monitor If your model has no LCD monitor/If you are using PRO-1000 series or PRO-500 series If your model has color LCD monitor 1. Check that an e-mail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e-mail address, and access the URL 2.
Note • If you select Cancel, the printer selection status does not change and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears. If your model has monochrome LCD monitor If your model has no LCD monitor/If you are using PRO-1000 series or PRO-500 series 1. Check that an e-mail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e-mail address, and access the URL If your model has monochrome LCD monitor If your model has no LCD monitor/If you are using PRO-1000 series or PRO-500 series 2.
Note • If you select Cancel, the printer selection status does not change and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears.
Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User Several people can use one printer. This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges. Adding a user 1. On the service screen, select Manage users from 2. Select Add user 158 .
Note • When you select Add user, the service first checks whether the maximum number of users has been reached. If new users can be added, the user registration screen appears. • The maximum number of users that can be added for 1 printer is 20. 3. Enter the e-mail address of the user to be added, and then select OK The URL for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e-mail address.
6. Register a password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. On the My Account Registration screen, enter you desired password into Password and Password (Confirmation) and select Next. Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~).
7. Enter Nickname Enter any user name that you want to use. Important • The user name entry field has the following character restrictions: • The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 8. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region.
The main registration is complete, and a registration completion e-mail is sent. Note • When you use MAXIFY Cloud Link, a cookie for the selected user is added to the printer, and the login status of each user is recovered. For each printer, you can register cookies for up to 8 users. Printer user privileges If several users are using the cloud service for 1 printer, each user is categorized as the Administrator or a Standard user. Note • The user who is registered first becomes the Administrator.
• To set Multiuser mode without sending a notification e-mail, select Cancel.
Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the update button If you do not receive the registration e-mail If you cannot print Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If an app cannot be installed Check the country or region where the printer was purchased.
If your model has monochrome LCD monitor On the printer operation panel, select the Setup button, and then select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Delete from service to delete the service registration. If your model has no LCD monitor Displaying Printer Information -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> Delete from this service to delete the service registration.
If the problem is not resolved, use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer. If you still cannot print, see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual. Note • With a wireless LAN connection, after the printer is turned on, it may take several minutes before communication is possible. Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network, and wait a while before you start printing.
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/ SELPHY Use the "Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY" application to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet (iOS or Android) wirelessly. You can also receive scanned data (PDF or JPEG) directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer. Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play. Follow the steps below to print photos easily. 1. Download Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY. For iOS For Android 2.
Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT 8.1 or a later version, printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network. For information about connecting to the network, see the setup URL (http://www.canon.com/ijsetup) for using this product from your computer, smartphone, or tablet device. When the connection is complete, the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software, which allows you to specify detailed print settings, is downloaded automatically.
Online Storage Integration Function The printer can integrate with online storage services such as Evernote. Integration with Online Notetaking Service "Evernote" If an Evernote client application is installed on your computer, you can import scanned images into the application and upload them to the Evernote server. The uploaded images can be browsed from other computers, smartphones, etc. To use Evernote, you need to create an account. See the "CREATE ACCOUNT" page of Evernote for account creation.
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, etc.
Loading Paper Paper Sources Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 171
Paper Sources Adjusting the cassette to the Size of Paper Used The cassette can be adjusted to three lengths. To extend the cassette, hold down the lock (A) as you pull the front toward you. B: Lock position for stowing the cassette Set to position B when the machine will not be used for some time, or before shipping it. In this position, the cassette is flush against the surface of the machine. Note that paper cannot be loaded in this position.
Note • When printing, select the correct sizes and types of paper. Incorrect page size and media type settings may cause improper print quality. For instructions on loading paper in the cassette, see these sections.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper Load paper in the cassette. Important • Paper may jam if you test printing by cutting plain paper into smaller sizes, such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm). Note • For details on sizes and weights of paper you can use, see Supported Media Types. • For instructions on loading envelopes, see Loading Envelopes. 1. Prepare the paper. Align the edges of the paper. If the paper is curled, flatten it. Note • Align the edges of paper neatly before loading it.
3. Slide the front (A) and right (B) paper guides out to make room for the paper. 4. Load the stack of paper printing-side DOWN, centered on the cassette. Important • Always load paper in portrait orientation (C). Loading paper in landscape orientation (D) may cause paper jams. Note • Some paper such as photo paper has distinct top and bottom surfaces. Load this paper with the whiter or glossy side facing down. • Align the stack of paper with the edge of the cassette as shown.
• To load paper larger than A4 size, press the lock (G) and pull the cassette all the way out. 5. Align the front paper guide (A) with the stack. The paper guide (A) clicks into place when aligned with a page size marked on the cassette. 6. Slide the right paper guide (B) to align the right and left guides with both edges of the stack. Do not set the paper guides too firmly against the paper, which may cause feeding problems.
Note • Do not load sheets of paper past the load limit mark (H). • Keep the stack height below the paper guide tabs (I). 7. Insert the cassette. Push the cassette into the machine until it stops. After you insert the cassette, a screen for registering paper information for the cassette is displayed on the LCD. Note • Paper A4 or Letter-sized or smaller: The cassette stops at the same position as the extended paper output tray, which then covers the cassette.
9. Pull out the output tray extension (J) and open the paper output support (K). Note • Before printing, select the size and type of paper loaded, either on the print settings screen of the operation panel or in the printer driver.
Loading Envelopes Once you have set up the printer driver correctly, addresses are automatically rotated and printed to suit the envelope orientation. Important • Do not use the following envelopes. These kinds of envelops may become stuck or cause the machine to malfunction. • Envelopes with embossed or coated surfaces • Envelopes with a double flap • Envelopes with adhesive flaps that are already moistened Note • For details on sizes and weights of paper you can use, see Supported Media Types. 1.
3. Slide the front (A) and right (B) paper guides out to make room for the paper. 4. Load the envelopes face-DOWN, centered in the cassette. The flap will face up, as shown below. Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once. Note • Align the stack of envelopes with the edge of the cassette as shown. Feeding problems may occur if the envelopes are touching the protrusion (C).
5. Align the front paper guide (A) with the edge of the envelopes. 6. Slide the right paper guide (B) to align the right and left guides with both edges of the envelopes. Do not set the paper guides too firmly against the envelopes, which may cause feeding problems. Note • Do not load envelopes past the load limit mark (D). • Keep the stack height below the paper guide tabs (E). 7. Insert the cassette. Push the cassette into the machine until it stops.
8. Select the size and type of envelopes in the cassette in Page size and Type, and then press the OK button. Paper Settings 9. Pull out the output tray extension (F), and then open the paper output support (G). Note • Before printing, select the size and type of loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver.
Loading Originals Where to Load Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Loading Based on Use Supported Originals 183
Where to Load Originals Load originals on the platen glass or in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). To decide where to load originals, consider the size and type of originals and the purpose of use. Supported Originals Loading Originals, Photos, or Books on the platen glass Loading Multiple Documents of the Same Size and Thickness in the ADF Individual documents can also be loaded in the ADF. Note • For best results, load originals on the platen glass.
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1. Open the document cover. Important • When opening or closing the document cover, be careful not to touch buttons or the LCD on the operation panel. This may cause unexpected operation. 2. Load the original face-DOWN on the platen glass. Supported Originals Loading Based on Use Important • Note these precautions when loading originals on the platen glass. • Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass. • Do not apply pressure of 4.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Note • For best results, load documents on the platen glass. 1. Remove any originals left on the platen glass. 2. Open the document tray. 3. Insert the document in the document tray until the machine beeps. Load documents face-UP in the document tray. Supported Originals Note • No tone is played if you have silenced beeping in Device user settings > Sound control. Device user settings 4.
Loading Based on Use Load originals correctly for how they will be used. Originals loaded incorrectly may cause scanning problems. Align Originals with the alignment mark • When loading originals to copy or fax • When selecting Doc.
Load Multiple Originals on the platen glass • When selecting Doc.type > Photo in Scan and specifying Scan size > Auto multi scan to scan multiple originals • When scanning multiple photos, postcards, or business cards from a computer Load the originals face-DOWN. Leave at least 0.4 inch (1 cm) open between originals and from the edges of the platen glass. The diagonally striped area is outside the scanning area. You can load up to 12 originals at once. A: At least 0.
Supported Originals On the platen glass Item Kind of original Details - Document, magazine, or newspaper - Photo, postcard, business card, or optical disc (Blu-ray disc, DVD, or CD) - Documents unsuitable for the ADF Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm) Quantity One or more sheets* Thickness Max. 0.4 inch (10 mm) * With some functions, multiple originals can be loaded on the platen glass.
• • • • • Glued documents Documents with sticky notes Documents on carbon paper Documents on coated paper Documents on onion skin or other thin paper • Photos or excessively thick documents 190
Inserting a USB Flash Drive Inserting a USB Flash Drive Removing a USB Flash Drive 191
Inserting a USB Flash Drive Supported Image Files • Can print images taken with cameras conforming to Design Rule for Camera File System specifications, as well as TIFF images. Both types of images must conform to Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3. Other types of images or movies such as RAW images cannot be printed. • Can print images scanned and saved by the machine itself with Doc.type set to Photo and Format set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg"). Note • This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
Removing a USB Flash Drive 1. Before removing a USB flash drive, make sure the machine is not reading or writing data. During these operations, a message appears on the LCD. Important • Do not remove a USB flash drive or turn off the machine while the machine is reading or writing data. Note • If your USB flash drive has an access indicator, check it to make sure reading or writing is finished. Refer to the USB flash drive instruction manual, as needed. 2. Remove the USB flash drive.
Replacing Ink Tanks Replacing Ink Tanks Checking Ink Status on the LCD 194
Replacing Ink Tanks In the case of warnings or errors caused by low ink levels, messages appear on the LCD to notify you. Respond to the message as needed. Message Appears Note • If printing is faint or affected by white streaks even when there is enough ink, see Maintenance Procedure. • For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks. Steps to Replace ink tanks When needed, replace ink tanks as follows. 1. After confirming that the machine is on, open the front cover.
Note • If a warning about ink tank replacement appears, check the message and press the OK button. 2. Once the ink tank for replacement is identified on the LCD, push up the ink tank eject lever (B). The ink tank is ejected. To replace another ink tank, press the right Function button to select Next and display the screen for the next ink tank to replace. Important • Place the removed ink tank into a plastic bag immediately after removing from the machine.
4. Insert the new ink tank, aligning it with the installation guide (E) on the machine. Important • The ink tank will not fit in the wrong position. Check the label under the installation position, and install the ink tank in the correct position. 5. Push the ink tank in firmly until it clicks into place. 6. Press the right Function button to select Exit. If Next is displayed, another ink tank can be replaced.
To exit ink tank replacement, press the right Function button until Exit is displayed. The print head holder moves to the standby position. The ink tanks cannot be removed from this position. Important • Printing is not possible without a complete set of ink tanks installed. Install all ink tanks. • Installed ink tanks cannot be removed until a replacement message appears. 7. Close the front cover. After ink tank replacement, the machine starts mixing the ink automatically. Wait until this noise stops.
Notes on ink tanks Important • Install replacement ink tanks promptly. Do not leave the machine without ink tanks installed. • Replace empty ink tanks with new ones. Installing used ink tanks may clog the nozzles. Used ink tanks may also prevent correct notification of the ink tank replacement timing. • Do not remove installed ink tanks and leave them outside the machine. In this state, ink tanks will dry out, which may prevent correct operation when they are reinstalled.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD Note • If one or more ink colors runs out, changes to in the HOME screen. When appears, check which ink (or inks) has run out using the following procedure. 1. Make sure the machine is on, and display the HOME screen. If the HOME screen is not displayed, press the HOME button to display it. 2. Press the center Function button on the HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel A symbol appears in area A in case of any messages about the remaining ink level.
Maintenance If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows) Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS) Cleaning 201
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Maintenance Procedure Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Deep Print Head Cleaning Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Manually 202
Maintenance Procedure Follow these steps to restore print quality if printing becomes faint or uneven, colors are incorrect, or printing results are not as expected (as when parallel lines are not printed parallel). Note • Increasing the print quality in the printer driver may give better results. Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (Windows) Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (Mac OS) To Correct Faint or Uneven Printing: Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.
Note • If printing problems remain even after step 4, turn the machine off, wait at least 24 hours, and perform deep print head cleaning again. Leave the machine plugged in after you turn it off. If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center. To Correct Misalignment: Step Align the print head.
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether ink is being ejected correctly from the print head nozzles. Note • If ink runs out as the nozzle check pattern is printed, an error message appears on the LCD. Message Appears What you will need: one sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper 1. Make sure the machine is on. 2. Select Setup on the HOME screen, and then press the OK button. LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen is displayed. 3.
7. Select Yes, and then press the OK button. After the nozzle check pattern is printed, two pattern confirmation screens are displayed. 8. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if necessary. 1. Check for any missing lines in pattern C or horizontal white streaks in pattern D. A: No missing lines or horizontal white streaks B: Some missing lines and horizontal white streaks E: Number of pages printed to date 2. On the checking screen, select patterns that most resemble the printed nozzle check pattern.
The Maintenance screen is now displayed again. In the case of B (some missing lines or horizontal white streaks) in either pattern (C or D) or both patterns: Cleaning is required. Select Also B, and then press the OK button. A cleaning confirmation screen is displayed. Select Yes, and then press the OK button. The machine now starts cleaning the print head. Cleaning the Print Head Note • On the nozzle check printout, the record of total pages printed is indicated in increments of 50 pages.
Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if the nozzle check pattern has missing lines or horizontal white streaks. Cleaning unclogs nozzles and restores the print head to a better condition. However, because print head cleaning consumes ink, this operation is advisable only when necessary. Note • Cleaning can also be performed from a computer. When using a computer, you can also select the ink group for cleaning.
Afterward, a confirmation screen is displayed for printing a nozzle check pattern. 6. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette. Important • The screen for registering page size and media type is not displayed during any of the operations available in the Maintenance screen. Therefore, printing will be executed even if paper other than A4 or Letter-sized plain paper is loaded. 7. Pull out the output tray extension and open the paper output support. 8.
Deep Print Head Cleaning If standard print head cleaning does not improve print quality, try deep print head cleaning. However, because deep print head cleaning consumes more ink, this operation is advisable only when necessary. Note • Deep print head cleaning can also be performed from a computer. When using a computer, you can also select the ink group for deep cleaning.
6. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette. Important • The screen for registering page size and media type is not displayed during any of the operations available in the Maintenance screen. Therefore, printing will be executed even if paper other than A4 or Letter-sized plain paper is loaded. 7. Pull out the output tray extension and open the paper output support. 8. Select Yes, and then press the OK button. The nozzle check pattern is now printed. 9.
Aligning the Print Head If printed images seem distorted, as when parallel lines are not printed parallel, align the print head. Note • If ink runs out as the print head alignment sheet is printed, an error message appears on the LCD. Message Appears What you will need: one sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (recycled paper is acceptable)* * Use white paper that is clean on both sides. 1. Make sure the machine is on. 2. Select Setup on the HOME screen, and then press the OK button.
7. Select Yes, and then press the OK button. The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically. This process takes 3–4 minutes. Note • If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the LCD. Message Appears 8. Press the OK button when a message is displayed indicating that print head alignment is finished. Note • If printing is still unsatisfactory after automatic print head alignment, align the print head manually.
Aligning the Print Head Manually Try aligning the print head manually after automatic alignment if printing results are not as expected, as when parallel lines are not printed parallel. Note • For details on automatic print head alignment, see Aligning the Print Head. What you will need: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper 1. Make sure the machine is on. 2. Select Setup on the HOME screen, and then press the OK button. LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen is displayed. 3.
6. Pull out the output tray extension and open the paper output support. 7. Select Yes, and then press the OK button. The print head alignment pattern is printed. 8. Confirm that the pattern was printed correctly, and if so, select Yes after "Did the patterns print correctly?" is displayed, and then press the OK button. The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed. 9. Examine the first patterns.
A: Subtle vertical streaks B: Noticeable vertical streaks 10. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns B to M, and then press the OK button. 11. Check the message, and then press the OK button. The second set of patterns is printed. 12. Examine the second patterns. In column N, find the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable, and then use the or button to select the number of that pattern.
13. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns O to T, and then press the OK button. For column P, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable. 14. Press the OK button when a message is displayed indicating that print head alignment is finished.
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows) Cleaning the Print Heads Aligning the Print Head Position Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern 219
Cleaning the Print Heads The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink. The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows: Cleaning 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed.
2. Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed. Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning. 3. Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute. Click OK when the confirmation message appears. Print head deep cleaning starts. 4. Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message. 5.
Aligning the Print Head Position Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment. Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment. If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head Position Manually Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment. Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment. If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.
8. Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes. Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes. When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks.
When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes. (A) Least noticeable horizontal stripes (B) Most noticeable horizontal stripes • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks.
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print. The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows: Nozzle Check 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab The Nozzle Check dialog box opens.
Cleaning Cleaning Exterior Surfaces Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers Cleaning Inside the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Cleaning Cassette Pads 227
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces Using a soft, dry cloth such as an eyeglass cloth, gently wipe the surfaces clean. Smooth out any wrinkles in the cloth before you begin. Important • Before cleaning the machine, turn it off and unplug it. • The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine's memory. Make sure the machine has finished sending or receiving faxes before turning it off.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Important • Before cleaning the machine, turn it off and unplug it. • The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine's memory. Make sure the machine has finished sending or receiving faxes before turning it off. • Remember that faxes cannot be sent or received while the machine is off.
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Use a soft, dry cloth that is clean and lint-free to clean the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). Important • Before cleaning the machine, turn it off and unplug it. • The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine's memory. Make sure the machine has finished sending or receiving faxes before turning it off. • Remember that faxes cannot be sent or received while the machine is off.
4. When finished, push the document feeder cover closed until it clicks into place. 5. Close the document tray.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers Dusty or dirty paper feed rollers may prevent correct feeding. In this case, clean the paper feed rollers. However, because cleaning causes roller wear, perform cleaning only when necessary. What you will need: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper 1. Make sure the machine is on. 2. Select Setup on the HOME screen, and then press the OK button. LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen is displayed. 3. Select Maintenance, and then press the OK button.
Important • The screen for registering page size and media type is not displayed during any of the operations available in the Maintenance screen. Therefore, printing will be executed even if paper other than A4 or Letter-sized plain paper is loaded. 9. Pull out the output tray extension and open the paper output support. 10. Press the OK button. Cleaning begins again. Once the paper is ejected, cleaning is finished. 11. Press the OK button when a message is displayed indicating that cleaning is finished.
Cleaning Inside the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Remove stains inside the machine as follows. Clean this way regularly, because any dust or excess ink in the machine may get on your printouts. What you will need: one sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper* * Use a new sheet of paper. 1. Make sure the machine is on. 2. Select Setup on the HOME screen, and then press the OK button. LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen is displayed. 3. Select Maintenance, and then press the OK button.
9. Load only this sheet in the cassette, with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the uncreased half facing away from you. Important • The screen for registering page size and media type is not displayed during any of the operations available in the Maintenance screen. Therefore, printing will be executed even if paper other than A4 or Letter-sized plain paper is loaded. 10. Pull out the output tray extension and open the paper output support. 11. Press the OK button.
• The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine's memory. Make sure the machine has finished sending or receiving faxes before turning it off. • Remember that faxes cannot be sent or received while the machine is off. • Unplugging the machine will reset the date/time setting and erase all documents in the machine's memory. Send faxes, print documents, or save jobs to a USB flash drive as needed before unplugging the machine.
Cleaning Cassette Pads If the pad in a cassette becomes dirty or covered with paper dust, multiple sheets of paper may be ejected at once. Clean cassette pads as follows. What you will need: cotton swab 1. Pull out the cassette and remove the paper. 2. Use a moistened cotton swab to wipe away any dirt or debris on the pad (A). Important • After cleaning, allow the pad to dry completely. 3. Reload the paper and insert the cassette.
Overview Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information WEEE (EU & EEA) Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply LCD and Operation Panel Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS) Changing Settings from Operation Panel Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser Network Connection Network Connection Tips Network Settings (IJ Network Device Setup Utility) (Windows) I
Network Communication Tips Ensuring Optimal Printing Results Ink Tips Printing Tips Check Paper Settings Before Printing Set Cassette Paper Information After Loading Paper Canceling Print Jobs Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Machine Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying Specifications 239
Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information WEEE (EU&EEA) 240
Safety Precautions Choosing a location • Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration. • Do not install the printer in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close to a heating source. To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the printer under the operating environment specified in the Specifications. • Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
Regulatory Information IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS When using your telephone equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock and injury to persons, including the following: 1. Do not use this product near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. 2. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm.
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual.
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. Connection to party lines is subjected to state tariffs.
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person's body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles). Pre-Installation Requirements Notice This product meets the applicable Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada technical specifications.
Please note when you connect an extension phone to this device, if you use an extension phone which has features such as "last number redial", redial memory numbers may be lost. The automatic calling functions of this equipment must not be used to a nuisance to other Spark customers. Telepermitted equipment only may be connected to the telephone port. The telephone port is not specifically designed for 3-wire connected equipment.
WEEE (EU&EEA) Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein) This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE).
place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques.
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee. Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega, Islàndia i Liechtenstein) Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord amb la Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional.
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo ou num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos (EEE).
ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων, το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en effektiv användning av naturresurserna.
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i Liechtenstein) Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia odpadów, np.
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo ne smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na primer pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo.
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/ weee. Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn) Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi (2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za sakupljanje otpada, npr.
Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply LCD and Operation Panel Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols 257
Main Components Front View Rear View Inside View Operation Panel 258
Front View (1) operation panel Used to adjust settings or operate the machine. Operation Panel (2) ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Load documents here. Documents loaded in the document tray are scanned automatically, one page at a time. Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) (3) document feeder cover Open to clear jammed documents. (4) document guides Adjust to match the width of documents in the ADF. (5) document tray Open to load documents in the ADF.
(11) paper output support Open to support ejected paper. (12) USB flash drive port Insert USB flash drives here. Warning • Do not connect any equipment other than USB flash drives to the machine's USB flash drive port. This may cause fire, electric shock, or damage to the machine. Important • Do not touch any exposed metal parts. • Do not connect USB cables longer than 10 feet (3 meters), which may affect operation of other peripherals. (13) cassette Load paper here.
Rear View (1) rear cover Open to clear paper jams. (2) power cord connector Connect the supplied power cord. (3) telephone line jack Connect the phone cord. (4) external device jack Connect a telephone or answering machine. (5) USB port Connect the USB cable for a direct connection with a computer. Important • Do not touch any exposed metal parts. • Do not connect or disconnect the USB cable while printing or scanning from a computer.
Inside View (1) ink tank eject lever Push up to remove ink tanks. (2) print head holder The print head is pre-installed. Note • For instructions on replacing ink tanks, see Replacing Ink Tanks.
Operation Panel * Here, all operation panel indicators are shown lit for the purpose of illustration. (1) POWER lamp Remains lit after flashing when the machine is turned on. (2) ON button Turns the machine on or off. Turning the Machine On and Off (3) HOME button Used to display the HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel (4) LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Displays messages, menu items, and operating status. (5) , , , and buttons Used to select menu or setting items. Also used to enter information.
(13) Back button Returns to the previous screen. (14) Function buttons Used to select function menu items on the bottom of the LCD. Using the Function Buttons (15) FAX Memory lamp When lit, indicates that there are received or unsent documents in the machine's memory.
Power Supply Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord Unplugging the Machine 265
Confirming that the Power Is On The POWER lamp is lit when the machine is on. Even if the LCD is off, as long as the POWER lamp is lit, the machine is on. Note • After you turn the machine on, it requires a warm-up period of about 20 seconds before any operations. Wait until the HOME screen is displayed. • The LCD turns off automatically after about 5 minutes of inactivity. To activate the display again, press a button other than the ON button, or perform a printing operation.
Turning the Machine On and Off Turning the machine on 1. Press the ON button to turn the machine on. The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit. Confirming that the Power Is On Note • After you turn the machine on, it requires a warm-up period of about 20 seconds before any operations. Wait until the HOME screen is displayed. • If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes and an error message appears on the LCD, see Message Appears.
Note • Remember that faxes cannot be sent or received while the machine is off. • The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine's memory. • You can schedule automatic power-off at specified times on specified days of the week. ECO settings • You can set the machine to turn off automatically after a specified period when no operations are performed or print jobs are received from a computer.
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord Check the power plug/power cord once a month to ensure that it is not affected by these problems. • Excessively hot • Corroded • Bent • Worn • Cracked or split Caution • If the power plug/power cord case is affected by these or other problems, unplug the machine and request service. Continuing to use the machine with any of these problems may cause a fire or electric shock.
Unplugging the Machine Always follow these steps when unplugging the machine. Important • Unplug the machine only after pressing the ON button and confirming that the POWER lamp is off. Unplugging the machine while the POWER lamp is still on may cause the print head to dry out or become clogged, which may affect print quality. • Unplugging the machine will reset the date/time setting and erase all documents in the machine's memory.
LCD and Operation Panel The operation panel features an LCD and buttons. Select icons on the HOME screen to choose menus for copying, faxing, or scanning. The HOME screen consists of three sections. Basic use of the operation panel Use the (B). , , , or buttons (A) to select a menu or option on a screen, and then press the OK button To return to the previous screen, press the Back button (C). Using the Function Buttons Function menu items (D) are displayed as needed on the bottom of the LCD.
Press the left Function button (E) to display the Change LAN screen. From there, you can adjust wireless LAN settings. Press the center Function button (F) to display the Current estimated ink levels screen. From there, you can check current ink levels. Press the right Function button (G) to display the Register cassette paper info screen. From there, you can check the cassette's page size and media type settings.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols Use the Numeric button to enter or edit user or recipient names or other information. Switching the Input Mode The machine has input modes for lowercase letters, uppercase letters, and numbers. To switch modes, press the button (A). The mode cycles from lowercase to uppercase to numeric mode. The current input mode is indicated on the bottom right of the LCD.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols Press the same Numeric button repeatedly until the desired character is displayed in the input field. Enter information as follows. • To move the insertion point (cursor position) in the input field Press the or button (B). • To delete an entered character Move the cursor to the character to delete, and then press the center Function button (C) to select . • To insert a space Press the right Function button (D) to select Space.
wxyzý . @ - _ SP*1 WXYZÝ 9 9 0 0 # ! " , ; : ^ ` = / | ' ? $ % & + ( ) [ ] { } < > \*2 ~*2 Switches the input mode *1 "SP": For entering a blank space. *2 Only available when network settings are entered.
Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS) Changing Settings from Operation Panel Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser 276
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 277
Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software. Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off. The procedure for changing the print options is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab The Print Options dialog box opens. Note • When you use the XPS printer driver, the functions available to you are different.
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time. The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows: Registering a Printing Profile 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
Enter a name in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the items, and then click OK. In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the Quick Setup tab. The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings. Important • To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options..., and check each item.
Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver. The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows: Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc. Using this function may lower the print speed. The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows: Quiet Settings 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab The Quiet Settings dialog box opens.
Note • The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings.
Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation. The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows: Custom Settings 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Make sure that the printer is on, and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
message display and allows you to continue printing. To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box. Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time. If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel Changing Settings from Operation Panel Setting Items on Operation Panel FAX settings Print settings LAN settings Device user settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings Administrator password setting Operation restrictions Reset setting Web service setup System information ECO settings Quiet setting Registering Favorite Settings (Custom profiles) Checking the Total Number of Uses of Machine 286
Changing Settings from Operation Panel This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps to specify Prevent paper abrasion as an example. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel 3. Select Device settings and press OK button. The Device settings screen appears. 4. Select setting item and press OK button. The setting screen for the selected item is displayed. 5.
For more on setting items on the operation panel: Setting Items on Operation Panel 288
Setting Items on Operation Panel Note • The administrator password is required to change some setting items if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel.
FAX settings Important • This setting item is for the administrator. This section describes the setting items in FAX settings. FAX user settings Advanced FAX settings Auto print settings Auto save setting Security control Easy setup Note • Before changing the settings, you can confirm the current settings by printing USER'S DATA LIST. Summary of Reports and Lists FAX user settings • User information settings Registers your name and fax/telephone number printed on sent faxes.
• Pause time settings Sets the length of pause time for each when you enter "P" (pause). • TTI position Selects the position of the sender information (outside or inside the image area). • Remote RX Enables/disables remote reception. If you select ON, you can specify the remote reception ID. Remote Reception • Color transmission When faxing color documents using the ADF, selects whether to convert them into black & white data if the recipient's fax device does not support color faxing.
Auto print settings • Received documents Selects whether to print the received fax automatically when receiving a fax. If you select Do not print, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory. For details on the received fax stored in the printer's memory: Document Stored in Printer's Memory • Activity report Selects whether to print ACTIVITY REPORT automatically. If you select Print, the printer prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received faxes automatically.
• Check RX FAX information If you select ON, the printer checks whether the recipient's fax device information matches the dialed number. If it matches the number, the printer starts to send faxes. Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes • Hook key setting If you select Enable, you can use the on hook dial function. • FAX reception reject If you select ON, the printer rejects the reception of faxes with no sender information or faxes from specific senders.
Print settings Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. • Prevent paper abrasion Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged. Important • Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower print quality.
LAN settings Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. • Change LAN Enables/disables either wireless LAN or direct connection. • Wireless LAN setup Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection. Note • You can also enter this setting menu by selecting LAN settings on the HOME screen. In this case, enable wireless LAN.
◦ WLAN setting list The list of wireless LAN settings of this printer is displayed on the LCD. The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.) Items Setting SSID XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters) Wireless LAN security Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/ WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES) Signal strength (%) XXX IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX.
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) IPv6 address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters) MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters) Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters) Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters) Direct connection device name XXXXXX-XXXXXXseries Root cert.
Note • You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices. • You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name. ◦ TCP/IP settings Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting. ◦ WSD setting Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista). ■ Enable/disable WSD Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Device user settings Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. • Date/time setting Sets the current date and time. For more on the procedure: Setting Sender Information • Date display format Sets the format of dates displayed on the LCD and printed on sent faxes and photos.
• Time zone Specifies the time zone according to a country or region you live in. Specifying the time zone allows you to display the correct time and date an e-mail was sent on your mail software. For more on the time zone for each country or region: Timezone List • Sound control Selects the volume. ◦ Keypad volume Selects the beep volume when pressing the buttons on the operation panel. ◦ Alarm volume Selects the alarm volume. ◦ Line monitor volume Selects the line monitor volume.
◦ Do not control power Disables the function to turn on/off the printer automatically. Note • You can also enter this setting menu by selecting ECO settings and Power control on the HOME screen.
Timezone List Time zone Country or region (UTC-12:00) Baker Island, Howland Island (UTC-11:00) American Samoa, Niue (UTC-10:00) Hawaii, Western area of Aleutian Islands (UTC-9:00) Alaska (UTC-8:00) US/Canada/Mexico (Pacific Time) (UTC-7:00) US/Canada/Mexico (Mountain Time) (UTC-6:00) US/Canada/Mexico (Central Time) (UTC-5:00) US/Canada/Mexico (Eastern Time), Cuba, Peru (UTC-4:30) Venezuela (UTC-4:00) Canada (Atlantic Time), Most areas of Lesser Antilles, Brazil (Amazon Time), Chile (UTC-3:30
(UTC+11:00) Russia (Vladivostok), Solomon Islands, New Caledonia (UTC+12:00) Russia (Magadan), New Zealand, Fiji, Kiribati (Gilbert Islands) (UTC+12:45) New Zealand (Chatham Island) (UTC+13:00) Tonga, Kiribati (Phoenix Islands), Samoa (From 2011/12/31), Tokelau (From 2011/12/31) (UTC+14:00) Kiribati (Line Islands) 303
Language selection Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. Changes the language for the messages and menus on the LCD.
Firmware update Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification screen, a DNS server and a proxy server. Note • Only Check current version is available when Disable LAN or Activate direct connect. is selected for Change LAN in LAN settings.
Cassette settings Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette, you can prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings. For details: Paper Settings • Register cassette paper info Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette.
Administrator password setting Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. You can specify or disable the administrator password. If you specify the administrator password, select the range and specify the administrator password.
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel You can specify or disable the administrator password. Specifying the administrator password requires you to enter the password to use the items or change the settings below.
If you do not specify an administrator password, select Remove administrator password. Selecting Yes and pressing the OK button displays the message again. Press the OK button. 7. Select range where administrator password is valid and press OK button. Remote UI or other tools Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using Remote UI or some software.
Operation restrictions Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. You can restrict printing, copying, or faxing operations or to use a USB flash drive or a shared folder on the computer. Note • When no operation restrictions are enabled, the confirmation screen to enable operation restrictions is displayed.
Restricting Machine Operation You can restrict printing, copying, or faxing operations or to use a USB flash drive or a shared folder on the computer. Restrictions can be disabled temporality. Disabling Operation Restriction Temporarily To enable this function, apply the administrator password for changing settings on the operation panel. Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel 3.
E-mail address book Restricts operations related to the printer's e-mail address book. FAX transmission Restricts to send a fax from the printer. (Sending a fax from the computer is not restricted.) FAX reception Restricts to receive a fax. Important • If the printer receives a fax while Restrict is selected, Not available. An operation restriction is set. is displayed on the LCD and the fax standby screen is displayed. In this case, you cannot receive the faxes.
7. Select Yes on displayed screen and press OK button. 8. Press OK button on displayed screen. 9. Specify password. 10. Press OK button. 11. Enter password you specified again. 12. Press OK button. The override password is enabled. Note • Receiving a fax is restricted even though operation restriction is disabled by the override password. • If the LCD turns off while disabling operation restriction temporarily, enter the override password again to resume the printer.
Reset setting Select this setting item from Device settings on Setup. Returns all settings you made to the printer back to the default. However, some data may not be changed, depending on the current usage state of your printer. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. • Depending on the setting item, it is necessary to perform connection or setup again after you have returned the setting back to the default.
• The country or region selected for Country or region • Total use of copying, scanning, and faxing recorded in Records of use • CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting You can delete the registered user's name or telephone number following the procedure below. 1. Display User information settings screen. Setting Sender Information 2. Use button to select user's name or telephone number and delete all characters or numbers. 3.
Web service setup Select this setting item from Web service setup on Setup. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. • Web service connection setup The following setting items are available. ◦ Google Cloud Print setup Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Google Cloud Print. ◦ IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
System information Select this setting item from System information on Setup. • Current version Displays the current firmware version. • Printer name Displays the printer name currently specified. • Serial number Displays the printer serial number. • MAC address of wireless LAN Displays the MAC address of wireless LAN.
ECO settings Select this setting item from HOME screen. This setting allows you to use following functions.
1. Copy Sets two-sided copying as a default. 2. PDF file print Sets duplex printing of PDF files saved on a USB flash drive as a default. 3. FAX print Select two-sided printing of sent/received faxes, reports, or lists as a default. Note • When duplex printing is selected, the icon is displayed on each menu of the HOME screen or on the setting items for duplex printing on each print setting screen.
1. Auto power off Specifies the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the printer. 2. Auto power on Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the printer. Specifying Time and Day to Turn on/off Printer Automatically Follow the procedure below to use power saving function. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select ECO settings on HOME screen.
1. Select Auto ON timer settings and press OK button. 2. Select Enable on displayed screen and press OK button. The screen below is displayed. 3. Use Numeric buttons to specify time to turn on printer. You can specify the hour from 0 to 24 and specify the minute in increments of 10 minutes. 4. Press OK button to confirm time to turn on printer. After confirming the time to turn the printer on, the screen to specify the day is displayed.
5. Press OK button to confirm time to turn off printer. After confirming the time to turn the printer off, the screen to specify the day is displayed. Use the button to select the day, use the button to select Enable or Disable, and then press the OK button. The setting is valid on the day(s) you select Enable for.
Quiet setting Select this setting item from HOME screen. Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night. In addition, you can specify the time range to reduce the operating noise. Important • The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the operation panel. • Set the current date and time in advance. Setting Sender Information Follow the procedure below to perform setting. 1.
The confirmation screen is displayed and the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon. Important • Operating speed is reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected. • This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise, such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced. Note • You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver.
Registering Favorite Settings (Custom profiles) You can register the favorite copying, scanning, or faxing settings and call them up from the HOME screen. You can register up to 20 settings. Registering the Setting Calling Up the Registered Setting Editing/Deleting the Registered setting Registering the Setting Press the left Function button on each standby screen or on the screen displayed after the settings are specified.
Editing/Deleting the Registered setting Follow the procedure below to edit or delete the registered setting. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Custom profiles on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel 3. Press left Function button. You can change the order or name of the registered settings and delete the settings. • To change the order of the registered settings 1. Select Rearrange and press OK button. 2. Select the setting you want to move and press OK button. 3. Move the selected setting.
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Machine You can check the total number of uses of the printer (e.g. the total number of printing, copying, sending/ receiving faxes, or scanning). 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Records of use on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The Records of use screen is displayed. 3. Select item to check and press OK button. Total sheets used on the device Displays the total number of printing. No.
Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser Changing Settings Using Web Browser Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser Setting Password Setting Mail Server Specifying Mail Setting for Sending Scanned Data Receiving Printer Status by E-mail 328
Changing Settings Using Web Browser You can check the printer status and change the printer settings using the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer. To check the printer status and to change the printer settings, display "Remote UI" on the web browser. Note • Remote UI is a software that enables you to perform operations, which are usually performed on the printer's operation panel, using a Web browser over a network. LAN connection with the printer is required to use Remote UI.
3. Open web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer and enter IP address. Enter as following in the URL field of the web browser. http://XXX.XX.X.XXX Enter the IP address in "XXX.XX.X.XXX". When you access, "Remote UI" will be displayed on the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer. 4. If you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, select For secure communication. Download the root certificate, and then register it.
For changeable setting items, see below. Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser 8. When you finish checking printer status and changing printer settings, select Log off. 9. Close web browser.
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser If the printer's root certificate has not been registered to the web browser, a message to warn you that the secure connection is not guaranteed may appear. When you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, download the root certificate, and then register it to the web browser. The secure connection will be confirmed and a message will not appear.
8. Select Next on Certificate Import Wizard screen. 9. If Completing the Certificate Import Wizard appears, select Finish. Security Warning screen is displayed. 10. Make sure that thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint. For printer's thumbprint, press the HOME button, select Setup -> Device settings -> LAN settings -> Confirm LAN settings, check Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) or Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256). 11.
2. Specify certificate name, and then select OK. The root certificate registration is completed. Note • If PIN or password is not set as security type, the attention screen may appear. Select OK, and then set the security type to PIN or password. • If the message to warn you that the secure connection is not guaranteed appears when you select Log on on Remote UI after registering the root certificate, restart the web browser. The message will not appear on the web browser.
3. Select Install. 4. Select Install on displayed dialog. The root certificate registration is completed.
Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser Note • The items described here and the items displayed in the web browser may differ in display order. • The item which can be used is different in administrator mode or in standard user mode. Items for Security Security (Item for administrator) This function allows you to specify the password, the standard user mode settings, the operation restrictions, and SSL/TLS settings of certificate for encrypted communication.
Specifying Mail Setting for Sending Scanned Data Receiving Printer Status by E-mail Note • Some of the menu is available only when you logged on in administrator mode. AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the AirPrint settings, such as position information. Web service connection setup (Item for administrator) This function allows you to register to Google Cloud Print or IJ Cloud Printing Center, or delete a registration.
Setting Password Each of passwords for administrator and standard user can be set. When logging on with password for administrator, all settings can be changed. When logging on with password for standard user, some of the settings can be changed. When logging on with password for administrator, you can restrict the function for standard user. Setting Administrator Password Setting Standard User Password Note • Password can be set only when you are logged in administrator mode.
Important • The following character restrictions apply to the password: • Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters. • The allowed characters are single-byte alphanumeric characters. • For security reasons, we recommend you use 6 and more alphanumeric characters. 7. When the completion message is displayed, select OK. Setting Standard User Password For restricting the function for standard user, enable the standard user mode and set a standard user password by following the steps below. 1.
Setting Mail Server To use mail function, specify the mail server settings. Note • If you did not specify the time zone setting using the printer's operation panel, a message to inform you that the correct time may not be reflected on the sent e-mail appears. We recommended that you set the time zone setting using the printer's operation panel. For the time zone setting, see Device user settings. • These functions can be set only when you are logged in administrator mode. 1.
Enter the password for sending to perform the authentication. POP before SMTP Select if you send e-mail with POP before SMTP authentication. Next, you can specify the following settings. • Incoming mail server (POP3) Enter the address of your POP server. • Port number (POP3) Enter the port number of your POP server. • Incoming account Enter the account name for receiving to perform the authentication. • Incoming password Enter the password for receiving to perform the authentication.
Specifying Mail Setting for Sending Scanned Data You can specify the mail settings to send the scanned data from printer via e-mail. This section describes the mail settings such as the title of e-mail, initial body text, and file size. Note • These functions can be set only when you are logged in administrator mode. • To send the scanned data from printer via e-mail and to register the e-mail address of the destination, see below.
Receiving Printer Status by E-mail You receive the printer status information such as the remaining ink level and the error from the printer. Note • Specify the mail server settings in advance. Setting Mail Server • If you did not specify the the date and time setting using the printer's operation panel, the date and time may not be reflected on the sent e-mail. We recommended that you set the date and time setting using the printer's operation panel.
The resending setting is completed.
Network Connection Network Connection Tips 345
Network Connection Tips Default Network Settings Another Printer Found with Same Name Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection Printing Network Settings Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method 346
Default Network Settings LAN Connection Defaults Item Default Change LAN Disable LAN SSID BJNPSETUP Communication mode Infrastructure Wireless LAN security Disable IP address (IPv4) Auto setup IP address (IPv6) Auto setup Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX Enable/disable IPv6 Enable Enable/disable WSD Enable Timeout setting 1 minute Enable/disable Bonjour Enable Service name Canon MB2100 series LPR protocol setting Enable RAW protocol Enable LLMNR Active ("XX" represents alphanumer
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.) *2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time. *3 "ZZZZZZ" represents last six digits of printer's MAC address.
Another Printer Found with Same Name When the printer is found during setup, other printers with the same name may appear on the results screen. Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen. • For Windows: Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results. • For Mac OS: The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by Bonjour.
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection For Windows: For Mac OS: For Windows: To add a computer to connect to the printer on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. For Mac OS: To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, follow the instructions on the Canon website.
Printing Network Settings Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings. Important • The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper. 3. Select Setup on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The menu screen appears. 4. Select Device settings and press OK button. 5. Select LAN settings and press OK button.
Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable Connection Connection status Active/Inactive SSID SSID Wireless LAN SSID Channel *1 Channel XX (1 to 11) Encryption Encryption method None/WEP/TKIP/AES WEP Key Length WEP key length (bits) Inactive/128/64 Authentication Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2PSK Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%] TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.
Stateless Prefix Length4 *2 Stateless prefix length 4 XXX Default Gateway1 *2 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX Default Gateway2 *2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX Default Gateway3 *2 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX Default Gateway4 *2 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX IPsec *3 IPsec setting Active Security Protocol *3 Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH Direct Connection Direct connection E
Direct Conn.
Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method Follow either procedure below to change wireless LAN connection method (infrastructure or direct connection). • For Windows: ◦ Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup. ◦ Perform settings on the Protocol Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Important • Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on cableless setup mode on the printer following the procedure below. 1.
Network Settings (IJ Network Device Setup Utility) (Windows) IJ Network Device Setup Utility Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Performing Network Settings Checking Network Status IJ Network Device Setup Utility Menus Other Network Information 356
IJ Network Device Setup Utility IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows a network/printer administrator to manage printers on network. When you perform printer setup, the utility is installed at the same time.
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility as shown below. • In Windows 10, click the Start button, select All apps, Canon Utilities, and then IJ Network Device Setup Utility. If IJ Network Device Setup Utility is not displayed, search for "IJ Network Device Setup Utility" on Search the web and Windows. • In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select IJ Network Device Setup Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Items on IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Menus on IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Items on IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Toolbar Items on IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen The screen below appears when you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown. 1. Product Name Displays the product name of detected printer.
Setup Completed Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window. Not Connected Indicates the printer is required to perform wireless LAN setup. Performing/Changing Wireless LAN Settings Not Set Indicates the printer cannot be used on network. Specify an IP address or enable IPv6. IP Address Overlap Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer. Unknown Indicates the printer used in the past cannot be used currently.
7. Setting Method Displays printer setting method. • Auto Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically. • Manual Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually. Note • If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed for the interface (wireless/wired LAN) disabled on the printer setting. 8. MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
1. Printer menu Printer Menu 2. View menu View Menu 3. Option menu Option Menu 4. Help menu Help Menu Items on IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Toolbar This section describes items on IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen toolbar. 1. Perform wired or wireless LAN setup. Note • This item has the same function as Protocol Settings... in the Printer menu. 2. Redetects printers. Note • This item has the same function as Update in the View menu. 3. Stops detecting printers.
5. Displays this guide. Note • This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
Performing Network Settings Performing/Changing Wired LAN Settings Performing/Changing Wireless LAN Settings Assigning Printer Information Initializing Network Settings Changing Administrator Password Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer If WEP Details Screen Appears If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears 364
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Settings Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings. Note • For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Select USB on Switch IPv4/IPv6/USB under the View menu to display printers for which you can perform setup. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Detected printers are listed. 2. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
1. Use IPv4 address Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state) 2. Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router. 3. Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address. Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
1. Use IPv6 address Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment. 2. Use Stateless Address: Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with IPv6. Note • This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using. 3. Use Manual Address: Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address. Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Performing/Changing Wireless LAN Settings Follow the procedure below to perform/change wireless LAN settings. Important • Enable cableless setup before performing printer setup. (Not required if you change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the page shown. Note • For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Select USB on Switch IPv4/IPv6/USB under the View menu to display printers.
1. Network Type: Select the wireless LAN mode. Infrastructure Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with a wireless router. Direct Connects the printer to wireless communication devices without a wireless router. Note • If Direct is selected, the Search... button is displayed in a gray out status. In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your operating environment. 2. SSID: The network identifier (SSID) of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed.
Displays the encryption method used over the wireless LAN. • IPv4 settings Note • The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network Type:. If Direct is selected, the setting items below are displayed in a gray out status. 1. Use IPv4 address Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state) 2. Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router. 3.
1. Use IPv6 address Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment. 2. Use Stateless Address: Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with IPv6. Note • This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using. 3. Use Manual Address: Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address. Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Assigning Printer Information Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name. The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the IJ Network Device Setup Utility screen. Note • If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Detected printers are listed. 2. Select printer to assign location name and device name. Select the printer with Available displayed on Status. 3.
Initializing Network Settings Follow the procedure below to initializing printer network settings. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Detected printers are listed. 2. Select printer to initialize settings. Select the printer with Available displayed on Status. 3. Select Reset LAN settings on Printer menu. The Confirm Printer Password screen appears. For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password. 4. Enter password and click OK. 5. Click Yes on the displayed screen. 6.
Changing Administrator Password Follow the procedure below to change the administrator password. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Detected printers are listed. 2. Select printer to change password. Select the printer with Available displayed on Status. 3. Select Change Password... on Printer menu. The Change Printer Password screen appears. For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password. 4. Enter current password and new password. 5. Enter new password in Confirm: again. 6.
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer You can set the criteria for printer search when you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility or update the printer search, or you can search the specific printer. Changing these settings may detect the printer you want to use if it is not detected Note • If the printer you want to use is not detected, it may be detected by entering IP address, subnet mask, or default gateway on the operation panel and search again.
2. Select Specified Searching... on Option menu. The Specified Searching screen appears. 3. Select item to specify and enter value. 1. IPv4 Address Specifies the IPv4 address of the printer you want to search. 2. IPv6 Address Specifies the IPv6 address of the printer you want to search. 3. Host Name Specifies the host name of the printer you want to search. 4. Click Search. IJ Network Device Setup Utility starts searching by the specified criteria and detected printers are listed.
If WEP Details Screen Appears Enter the password (passphrase) according to wireless router's encryption method if you change a wireless router to connect to the printer. 1. Enter items below when WEP Details screen appears. 1. WEP Key: Enter the same key as the one set to the wireless router. The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format.
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears Enter the password (passphrase) according to wireless router's encryption method if you change a wireless router to connect to the printer. 1. Enter passphrase when WPA/WPA2 Details screen appears. Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.
Checking Network Status Checking Wireless Network Status Displaying Computer Network Information Displaying Printer Network Information Checking Connection Status between Printer and Wireless Router Checking Network Setting Difference 379
Checking Wireless Network Status Follow the procedure below to check the wireless network status (signal strength) between the printer and computer. If anything is wrong with the wireless LAN connection, check the network status from this menu. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. The detected printers are listed. 2. Select printer to check wireless network status from printer list. Select the printer with Available displayed on Status. 3.
Displaying Computer Network Information Follow the procedure below to display the network information of the computer which the printer selected in the IJ Network Device Setup Utility screen connects to and on which IJ Network Device Setup Utility is installed. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. 2. Select Computer Network Information on View menu. The screen below appears. Clicking Copy Info copies all network information on the clipboard. 3. Click OK to close screen.
Displaying Printer Network Information Follow the procedure below to display the printer network information. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. The detected printers are listed. 2. Select printer to display network information from printer list. Select the printer with Available displayed on Status. 3. Select Printer Network Information on View menu. The Confirm Printer Password screen appears. For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password. 4. Enter password and click OK.
Checking Connection Status between Printer and Wireless Router Follow the procedure below to check the wireless router information detected by the printer. Detects wireless routers around the printer and the detected ones are listed. Use this menu to make sure whether the printer is located properly. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. The detected printers are listed. 2. Select printer to check connection status between printer and wireless router from printer list.
Checking Network Setting Difference If you cannot use a printer you used on the network before, compare the current network status with that when you could use the printer and check the difference. 1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. The detected printers are listed. 2. Select printer with Unknown or Not Set displayed on Status from printer list. 3. Select Check Connection Status on View menu. The screen below appears.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility Menus Printer Menu View Menu Option Menu Help Menu 385
Printer Menu This section describes the items displayed on the Printer menu. 1. Protocol Settings... Performs wired or wireless LAN settings. Performing/Changing Wired LAN Settings Performing/Changing Wireless LAN Settings 2. Detailed Printer Settings... Assigns the printer device name and location name. Assigning Printer Information 3. Reset LAN settings Initializes the printer LAN settings. Initializing Network Settings 4. Change Password... Changes the password specified for the printer.
Web browser: Internet Explorer 9 or later, Google Chrome 41.0.2272.118m or later, Mozilla Firefox 37.0.1 or later 7. Exit Finishes IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
View Menu This section describes the items displayed on the View menu. 1. Computer Network Information Check the computer network information. Displaying Computer Network Information 2. Printer Network Information Check the printer network information. Displaying Printer Network Information 3. Status of Printer and Wireless Router Connection Searches wireless routers and check the wireless router information (wireless channel, communication status, and signal strength) detected by the printer.
Note • You can also cancel printer search by clicking the icon. 8. Update Searches printers again. Note • You can also search printers again by clicking the 389 icon.
Option Menu This section describes the items displayed on the Option menu. 1. Search Settings... Specifies criteria for printer search. Setting Criteria for Printer Search 2. Specified Searching... Searches the printer by an IP address or host name.
Help Menu This section describes the items displayed on the Help menu. 1. Online Manual Displays this guide. 2. Caution when Connecting to Wireless LAN Displays the caution message for wireless LAN connection. 3. Changing Wired/Wireless LAN Connections Displays the message on changing LAN connection method (wired or wireless) for the selected printer. 4. About Displays IJ Network Device Setup Utility version information.
Other Network Information Technical Terms Restrictions Firewall 392
Technical Terms In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained. A B C D F H I K L M O P R S T U W A • Access point mode The printer is used as an access point to connect external wireless communication devices (e.g. computers, smartphones, or tablets) in an environment where no access point (wireless router) is available. You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer using the access point mode (direct connection).
B • Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically. C • Cableless setup Specifies a wireless router settings using a device (e.g. smartphone) directly without using a wireless router. • Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication. In the infrastructure mode, the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the wireless router. This printer supports channels 1 to 13.
F • Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation system for computer. H • Host name A name for a computer or printer on network so that it can be recognized easily. Single-byte alphanumeric characters are used generally. I • IEEE802.11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.
K • Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format. The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats. ◦ ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13-character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore "_" characters. It is case-sensitive. ◦ Hex Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f). • Key Length Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits.
P • Prefix length The number of bits on the network part of an IP address. The number of bits is 8 bit to 24 bit for IPv4, and 64 bit for IPv6. • Proxy server A server that links a LAN-connected computer to the Internet. When using a proxy server, specify the address and the port number of the proxy server. • PSK An encryption method employed by WPA/WPA2. R • Router A relay device to connect to another network.
• Subnet Mask IP address has two components, the network address and the host address. Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address. A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by a wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically. Example: IP Address: 192.168.127.123 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Subnet Mask Address: 192.168.127.0 T • TCP/IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN.
• Wireless Router A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients/the printer and rebroadcasts it. Required in an infrastructure network. • WPA Security framework announced by the Wi-Fi Alliance in October 2002. The security has been strengthened more than WEP. ◦ Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods: PSK that can be used without an authentication server, plus WPA-802.1x that do require an authentication server. This printer supports WPA-PSK.
Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN, the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems, you should set a network key (WEP or WPA/WPA2) to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission. Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed. Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.
Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer, and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network. Precautions When Firewall Function is Enabled • A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer. This may disable printer setup and communications.
Ensuring Optimal Printing Results Ink Tips Printing Tips Check Paper Settings Before Printing Set Cassette Paper Information After Loading Paper Canceling Print Jobs Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Machine 402
Ink Tips Is ink consumed for purposes other than printing? Ink is sometimes consumed for purposes other than printing. When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink.
Printing Tips Check status before printing • Is the print head in good condition? Clogged print head nozzles make printing fainter, which affects print quality and wastes paper. To check the print head, print the nozzle check pattern. Maintenance Procedure • Is ink smeared inside the machine? After many print jobs, areas where paper passes through the machine may become smeared with ink. To clean the inside the machine, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning.
Check Paper Settings Before Printing Before printing, complete paper settings on the operation panel or from a computer. Paper comes in many varieties. Some is specially coated for high-quality photo printing, while other paper is designed for documents. Each type of paper has specific preset settings that determine details such as ink application and usage and the distance from nozzles, which ensures optimal print quality for the paper.
Set Cassette Paper Information After Loading Paper When you insert a cassette after loading paper, a screen for setting the type and size of paper is displayed. Set the paper information for the cassette, indicating the type and size of paper loaded. To prevent incorrect printing, the machine can compare paper information entered for the cassette to print job paper settings to ensure they match. Before printing, specify paper settings consistent with the cassette paper information.
Canceling Print Jobs Do not press the ON button to cancel print jobs Pressing the ON button to turn off the machine during printing may prevent the machine from printing again if print jobs are not cleared internally. Press the Stop button to cancel printing.
Keeping Print Quality High The key to maintaining optimal print quality is preventing the print head from drying out or becoming clogged. To ensure print quality, follow these tips. Note • On some paper, ink may run if you mark over it with a highlighter or water-based marker, or if water or sweat comes into contact with printed areas.
Transporting Your Machine Take these precautions when relocating the machine for changing your living place or repairing it. Important • Place the machine upright in a sturdy box and pack it with sufficient cushioning to protect it in transit. • With the print head and ink tank set still installed, press the ON button to turn off the machine. This enables automatic capping of the print head, which prevents it from drying out. • After packing, do not tilt the box, tip it over, or turn it upside down.
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law. This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution (dpi) 600 (horizontal) x 1200 (vertical) Interface USB Port: Hi-Speed USB *1 USB Flash Drive Port: USB flash drive LAN Port: Wireless LAN: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b *2 *1 A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be used at USB 1.1.
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed. Print Head/Ink Total 4352 nozzles (BK 1280 nozzles, C/M/Y 512 x 6 nozzles) ADF capacity A4 or Letter size: max. 50 sheets (20 lb/75 g /m2 paper), up to 0.20 inch/5 mm in height Legal size: max. 10 sheets (20 lb/75 g /m2 paper), up to 0.04 inch/1 mm in height Other sizes: 1 sheet Copy Specifications Multiple copy max.
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.) Color: Approx. 1 minute/page at 33.6 kbps (Based on Canon COLOR FAX TEST SHEET.) Gradation Black: 256 levels Color: 24 bit Full Color (RGB each 8 bit) Density adjustment 3 levels Memory Transmission/reception: approx. 250 pages (Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.
Setup: Standard setup WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method) WCN (WCN-NET) Cableless setup Other Features: Administration password Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here. Windows Operating System Windows 10, Windows 8.1*, Windows 8 Windows 7, Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP2 * Windows 8.1 includes Windows 8.1 Update.
Google Cloud Print MAXIFY Cloud Link • An internet connection is required to use Easy-WebPrint EX and all the Online Manual. • Windows: Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7 or Windows Vista pre-installed. • Windows: A CD-ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation. • Windows: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10 or 11 is required to install Easy-WebPrint EX.
Information about Paper Supported Media Types Paper Load Limit Unsupported Media Types Handling Paper Print Area Print Area Standard Sizes Envelopes 416
Supported Media Types For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when possible. Media Types Genuine Canon paper Note • For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information. • For details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website. • Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions.
• • • • • Legal Executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches (184.2 x 266.7 mm)) A4 B5 A5 • A6 • Oficio (8.5 x 12.5 inches (215.9 x 317.5 mm)) • B-Oficio (8.5 x 14 inches (216.0 x 355.0 mm)) • M-Oficio (8.50 x 13.43 inches (216.0 x 341.0 mm)) • Foolscap (8.5 x 13 inches (215.9 x 330.2 mm)) • Legal(India) (8.46 x 13.
Paper Load Limit Genuine Canon Paper Paper for printing documents: Media Name Cassette Paper Output Tray Canon Red Label Superior Approx. 250 sheets Approx. 75 sheets Canon Océ Office Colour Paper Approx. 200 sheets Approx. 75 sheets High Resolution Paper 65 sheets 65 sheets Paper for printing photos: Note • For best results in continuous printing, remove printed sheets from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration. Media Name
*3 For best results in continuous printing, remove printed paper or envelopes from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
Unsupported Media Types Do not use the following paper. Not only will print quality be poor, the paper may jam or cause the machine to malfunction.
Handling Paper • Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling. • Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your hands. • Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch the printed surface as much as possible when handling.
Print Area Print Area Standard Sizes Envelopes 423
Print Area To maintain print quality, the machine leaves a margin around the edges of paper. The printable area is inside this margin. (recommended print area): Print within this area, when possible. (printable area): You can also print in this area. However, feeding precision or print quality may be affected. Note • Automatic duplex printing and duplex copying reduces the printable area by 0.08 inch (2 mm) in the top margin.
Standard Sizes Size Print Area (width x height) Letter 8.00 x 10.69 inches (203.2 x 271.4 mm) Legal 8.00 x 13.69 inches (203.2 x 347.6 mm) Executive 6.98 x 10.19 inches (177.4 x 258.7 mm) A6 3.87 x 5.51 inches (98.2 x 140.0 mm) A5 5.56 x 7.95 inches (141.2 x 202.0 mm) A4 8.00 x 11.38 inches (203.2 x 289.0 mm) B5 6.90 x 9.80 inches (175.2 x 249.0 mm) Oficio 8.00 x 12.09 inches (203.2 x 307.0 mm) B-Oficio 8.00 x 13.66 inches (203.2 x 347.0 mm) M-Oficio 8.00 x 13.11 inches (203.2 x 333.
Letter, Legal, Foolscap C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm) D: 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) E: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) F: 0.25 inch (6.3 mm) Legal (India) C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm) D: 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) E: 0.23 inch (5.9 mm) F: 0.23 inch (5.9 mm) Oficio C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm) D: 0.30 inch (7.5 mm) E: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) F: 0.25 inch (6.3 mm) B-Oficio, M-Oficio C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm) D: 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) E: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) F: 0.25 inch (6.
Envelopes Size Recommended Print Area (width x height) Envelope Com 10 3.68 x 8.50 inches (93.5 x 215.9 mm) Envelope DL 3.88 x 7.67 inches (98.8 x 194.6 mm) Envelope C5 5.94 x 8.02 inches (150.8 x 203.6 mm) Envelope Monarch 3.43 x 6.50 inches (87.2 x 165.1 mm) Recommended print area A: 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) B: 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) C: 0.22 inch (5.6 mm) D: 0.22 inch (5.
Administrator Settings Sharing the Printer on a Network 428
Sharing the Printer on a Network When computers are used in a network environment, documents can be printed from multiple computers that share a single printer. • Setting Up a Shared Printer This section describes how to set up the print server and the client. Note • The Windows versions of the computers connected to the network do not necessarily have to be the same. • To set up the fax driver, use the same procedure.
Setting Up a Shared Printer On the print server, set up sharing of the printer driver. Then from the client, set up the connection to the print server. 1. Install the printer driver on the print server system 2. Select as described below: • If you are using Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows Server 2012, or Windows Server 2008 R2, select the Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound (Hardware) -> Devices and Printers The Devices and Printers window is displayed.
• If you are using Windows Server 2008 from the File menu, open Server Properties, and select the Drivers tab 3. Click Add.... 4. When the Add Printer Driver Wizard window is displayed, click Next. 5. If the print server has a 32-bit architecture, select x64. If the print server has a 64-bit architecture, select x86. Then click Next. 6. Click Have Disk.... 7. In the Install From Disk window, open the "Driver" folder of the downloaded printer driver, specify the "inf" file, and click OK. 8.
Restrictions on Printer Sharing If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Preview" with "Canon IJ XPS Preview" when reading this information. These are restrictions that apply when you are using a printer in a network environment. Check the restrictions for the environment you are using. Restriction on setting up printer sharing • If "ntprint.inf" is requested when you install the driver from Add Printer, specify the file as follows: 1.
support check box cleared on the Ports tab, the bidirectional communication function of the print server may also be disabled. In this case, check Enable bidirectional support check box on both the print server system and the client system. • When you print from a client system, you cannot use Canon IJ Preview. • When the functions on the Maintenance tab cannot be set properly from a client system, they may be grayed out. In this case, change the settings from the print server.
Administrator Password Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is specified at the time of purchase. The password is either "canon" or the printer serial number if it is specified.
For more on initializing the printer, search for "UG067" or "UG505" on your printer's Online Manual and see the instructions shown.
Password and Cookie Password Cookie Password Enter the password when the authentication screen is displayed. Administrator Password You need to enter the user name as well as the password depending on the printer you are using. For more on the user name, see the link above. Important • A message to warn you that the identification information is not verified may be displayed depending on the printer you are using. • We recommend you change the password.
OS: Windows Vista SP2 or later Browser: Internet Explorer 9 or later / Google Chrome 41.0.2272.118m or later / Mozilla Firefox 37.0.
How to locate your printer's serial number The serial number is printed on a white sticker attached to each printer. The serial number will consists of 9 alphanumeric characters (4 letters followed by 5 numbers). Example: Note • Depending on the printer you are using, you can check the serial number by printing out the network setting information of the printer. For more on printing, search for "NR044" on your printer's Online Manual and see the instructions shown.
Registering Root Certificate to Web Browser When you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, download the root certificate, and then register it to the web browser. The secure connection will be confirmed and a message will not appear. For details, search for "AF111" on your printer's Online Manual and see the instructions shown.
Printing Printing from Computer Printing from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Using Operation Panel Paper Settings 440
Printing from Computer Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver) Printing from Application Software (Mac OS Printer Driver) Printing Using Canon Application Software Printing Using a Web Service Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac 441
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver) Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Overview of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the MP Drivers 442
Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer. Printing with Easy Setup 1. Check that the printer is turned on 2. Load paper on the printer 3. Open the printer driver setup window 4. Select a frequently used profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select a printing profile suited for the purpose.
Important • The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile. 6. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document is printed with settings that match your purpose.
Important • When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box, all settings specified on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved, and you can print with the same settings from the next time as well. • In the Commonly Used Settings window, click Save... to register the specified settings. Note • If the paper settings on the printer driver differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer, an error may occur.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results. You can use the following media types on this printer. Canon genuine papers (Document Printing) Media Type in the printer driver Media name
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results. You can use the following paper sizes on this printer. Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm Legal Executive 7.25"x10.5" 184.2x266.7mm Executive A6 A6 A5 A5 A4 A4 B5 B5 Oficio 8.5"x12.5" 215.9x317.
Various Printing Methods Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Fit-to-Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling/Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp/Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) Editing the Print Document or
Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows: You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Specify the number of copies to be printed For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed. 3.
• Print from Last Page: /Collate: • Print from Last Page: /Collate: 4. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order. Important • When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software.
Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab. The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best staple position. When you want to change the setting, select from the list. 3. Set the margin width If necessary, click Specify Margin...
Note • The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width. Important • Stapling Side and Specify Margin... appear grayed out and are unavailable when: • Tiling/Poster or Booklet is selected for Page Layout • Scaled is selected for Page Layout (When Duplex Printing is also selected, only Stapling Side can be specified.
Fit-to-Page Printing The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set fit-to-page printing Select Fit-to-Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. 3. Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software. 4.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. 5. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size.
Scaled Printing The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. 3. Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software. 4.
• Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. 5. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important • When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function, configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver. Note • Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper. The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set page layout printing Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. 3.
Page Layout To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of pages from the list. Page Order To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list. Page Border To print a page border around each document page, check this check box. 5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order.
Tiling/Poster Printing The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster. The procedure for performing tiling/poster printing is as follows: Setting Tiling/Poster Printing 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set tiling/poster printing Select Tiling/Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
4. Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box, and then click OK. Image Divisions Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal). As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.
In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab, click the pages that do not need to be printed. The pages that were clicked are deleted, and only the pages to be printed are displayed. Note • Click the deleted pages to display them again. • Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages. 2. Complete the setup After completing the page selection, click OK. When you execute print, only specified pages will be printed.
Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center. The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set booklet printing Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed. Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank, check the check box, and select the page to be left blank. Margin Enter the margin width. The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the margin width for one page. Page Border To print a page border around each document page, check the check box. 5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows: You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab. Performing Automatic Duplex Printing You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set automatic duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked. 3.
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual and the document may not fit on one page. Click Print Area Setup..., select one of the following process methods, and then click OK. Use normal-size printing Print without reducing the page. Use reduced printing Reduce the page slightly during printing. 5. Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings.
3. Select the layout Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list. 4. Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list. 5. Set the margin width If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK. 6. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
• After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page (Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time. You can change the ink drying wait time at Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab.
Stamp/Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.
Note • With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used. 3. Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box, and select the stamp to be used from the list. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab. 4. Set the stamp details If necessary, specify the following settings, and then click OK. Define Stamp... button To change the stamp text, bitmap, or position, click this.
Check the Background check box, and select the background to be used from the list. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab. 4. Set the background details If necessary, complete the following settings, and then click OK. Select Background... button To use another background or change the layout or density of a background, click this. Background first page only To print the background only on the first page, check this check box. 5.
Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. You can create and register a new stamp. You can also change and re-register some of the settings of an existing stamp. Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time. The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows: Registering a New Stamp 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Stamp/Background... (Stamp...
3. Click Define Stamp... The Stamp Settings dialog box opens. 4. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window • Stamp tab Select Text, Bitmap, or Date/Time/User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type. ◦ For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color.... ◦ For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.
Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box, and then click Save. Click OK when the confirmation message appears. Note • Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title. 6. Complete the setup Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again. The registered title appears in the Stamp list. Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings 1.
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. You can select a bitmap file (.bmp) and register it as a new background. You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background. An unnecessary background can be deleted. The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows: Registering New Background 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
3. Click Select Background... The Background Settings dialog box opens. 4. Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File.... Select the target bitmap file (.bmp), and then click Open. 5. Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed. When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
Select the Background check box in the Stamp/Background dialog box. Then from the list, select the title of the background you want to change. 2. Click Select Background... The Background Settings dialog box opens. 3. Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4. Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab. When you want to save the background with a different title, enter a new title in the Title box and click Save.
Setting Up Envelope Printing The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows: 1. Load envelope on the printer 2. Open the printer driver setup window 3. Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. 4. Select the paper size When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", Envelope C5, or Envelope Monarch 3.88"x7.5" 98.4x190.5mm and then click OK. 5.
printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab. 6. Select the print quality Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality. 7. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the information is printed on the envelope. Important • When you execute envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing. 1. Load postcard on the printer 2. Open the printer driver setup window 3. Select commonly used settings Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard. 4. Select the media type For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or Hagaki. Important • This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
8. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard. Important • When you execute postcard printing, a guide message is displayed. When the guide message is displayed, select Do not show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed. To display guide messages again, open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Preview" with "Canon IJ XPS Preview" when reading this information. You can display and check the print result before printing. The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows: You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab. 3.
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size. Such a paper size is called "custom size." The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows: You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Select the paper size Select Custom... for Page Size on the Page Setup tab. The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens. 3.
Important • If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values. • Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user-defined media.
Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used. In the Canon IJ XPS preview window, you can edit the print document or retrieve the document print history to print the document.
Editing and Printing a Print Document When printing multiple documents or pages, you can combine documents, change the print sequence of the documents or pages, or delete documents or pages. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab. 3. Complete the setup Click OK. The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing. 4.
the pages to be recovered from among the displayed thumbnail pages. Then from the Edit menu chose Pages and then Restore Page. After editing the print documents or print pages, you can change the print settings on the Page Information, Layout and Manual Color Adjustment tabs as necessary. Important • To display the multiple documents in the list, open the preview and execute print again.
Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing 489
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) 490
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows: You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab. 3. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color document in monochrome.
Note • During Grayscale Printing, inks other than black ink may be used as well.
Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed. Normally, the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer. This method is suitable for printing sRGB data. When you want to print by using the color space (sRGB) of the image data effectively, select ICM (ICC Profile Matching).
Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer. ICM (ICC Profile Matching) Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing. None The printer driver does not perform color correction. Select this value when you are specifying an individually created printing ICC profile or a printing ICC profile for special Canon paper in an application software to print data. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab.
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor. To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose. Color Management Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color. When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them, use a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for color management. The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows: 1.
Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 497
Printing with ICC Profiles When the image data has a specified input ICC profile, you can print by using the color space (sRGB) of the data effectively. The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print.
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings, and then click OK. 5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing. Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
3. Adjust color balance There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger. You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance. When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values. Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
4. Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK. Parameters to Adjust Select Cyan/Magenta/Yellow. Important • When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable. Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing. Note • Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected.
Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns. Note • Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium. 5. Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box. On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value. 6.
Note • You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function.
Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing. This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors. The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed.
Select Light, Normal, or Dark for Brightness, and click OK. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the data is printed at the specified brightness.
Adjusting Intensity You can dilute (brighten) or intensify (darken) the colors of the overall image data during printing. The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. After adjusting each color, click OK. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity.
Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing. To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast. You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. After adjusting each color, click OK. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity/contrast. When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values. Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity/contrast while looking at the pattern. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
4. Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK. Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity/Contrast. Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing. Note • Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected. Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest, Large, or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed.
5. Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box. On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity/contrast that you set is the center value. 6. Adjusting the intensity/contrast Look at the print results and select the image that you like best.
Note • You can also set intensity/contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the intensity/contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function.
Overview of the Printer Driver Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use (Printer Driver) 517
Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer. The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand, and sends the converted data to the printer. Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon. Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing. 1. Select the command that you perform printing on the application software In general, select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box. 2.
Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing. You will know the status of the printer with graphics, icons, and messages. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar. Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar.
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status. The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status. Note • The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer. 3.
Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the media type settings. When you want to display a preview before printing, open the printer driver setup window, click the Main tab, and check the Preview before printing check box.
Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor" when reading this information. If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining. Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor. 1. Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears. 2.
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver) This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver. Restrictions on the Printer Driver • With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled. In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box. 2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same paper size that you specified in Word. 3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window. 4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box. 5. Open Word's Print dialog box again. 6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK. 7. Start printing.
Printer Driver Description Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ Status Monitor Description 526
Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items. Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
Photo Printing If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are set. If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority. Envelope If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
2-on-1 Printing Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper. To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page Order. 4-on-1 Printing Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper. To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify....
Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction. You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box. To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box. Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab. Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save. Up to 255 characters can be entered. The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab. Options... Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units. Printer Media Information dialog box This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver. Paper Source Check the setting or select a new paper source. Media Type Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer. To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab. Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper. You can check an overall image of the layout. Media Type Selects a type of printing paper. Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer.
Color/Intensity Selects color adjustment method. Auto Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically. Manual Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method. Set... Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker. You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly.
Intensity/Contrast Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity/contrast balance. Printer Paper Size Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing. This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab. Note • Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected. Amount of Pattern Instances Sets the number of patterns to be printed. You can select from Largest, Large, and Small.
Important • When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable. Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer. ICM (ICC Profile Matching) Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the document has a similar function, set them with the application. Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper. You can check an overall image of the layout. Page Size Selects a page size.
Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction. The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally. Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer. The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
Specify... Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box. Click this button to set details on booklet printing. Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper. Check this check box to print the document on both sides. This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected. Automatic Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
Print Options... Opens the Print Options dialog box. Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications. Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) Opens the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box. The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.
Preview Icon Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box. You can check what the print result will look like. Image Divisions Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal). As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster. Print "Cut/Paste" in margins Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins.
Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin. The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet. Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page. Check this check box to print the page border line. Print Area Setup dialog box When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual. Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed, the document may not fit on one page.
Note • Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver. Disable the color profile setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software. When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver, the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve the problem.
Note • Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver. Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data. Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document. Check the Stamp check box to enable this. Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp over the printed document page. Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp. Note • You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver.
Important • Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected. TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string. Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string. Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string. Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string. If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border. Color/Select Color... Shows the current color for the stamp.
Orientation Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees. Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise. Note • Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab. Note • Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0. Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Intensity Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background. Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost position. Note • Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available.
Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer. Cleaning Performs print head cleaning. Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles. Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint, or a specific color fails to print, even though all ink levels are sufficiently high. Deep Cleaning Performs deep cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
Print Head Alignment Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. Align the print head immediately after installing the print head. When you click Print Head Alignment, the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed. Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern. Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a nozzle check pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly.
This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern, such when printing at night. Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting. Note • If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status. Custom Settings Opens the Custom Settings dialog box. Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Start Print Head Alignment dialog box This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head, or to print the current setting value for the print head position. Align Print Head Aligns the print head. Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. Align the print head immediately after installing the print head. Print Alignment Value Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position.
Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise. Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer. Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time. Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If both are set to the same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Ink Drying Wait Time The printer can pause before printing a subsequent page. Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time. If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries, increase the ink drying wait time. Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing. About dialog box When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the media type and paper source settings.
• If the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is specified to Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet, the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing, and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software. • If duplex printing manually has been set, the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed together, and then the back pages are displayed. First Page Displays the first page of the document.
Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information. Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list. The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes. Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview, and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen.
Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. The preview also allows you to edit the print document, edit the print pages, change the print settings, and perform other functions.
History Entry Limit Switches the maximum number of print history registrations. Select 10 Entries, 30 Entries, or 100 Entries. Important • If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded, the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one. Add documents from history to the list Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list. Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview. The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list.
Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position. If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list. If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list.
Move Forward One Moves the currently selected page one position in front of its current position. If the currently selected page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. Move Backward One Moves the currently selected page one position after its current position. If the currently selected page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document.
Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page. If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page. If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. Last Page Displays the last page of the document. If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Keep printed documents on the list Leaves the printed document in the document list. Print Settings Displayed at Startup Switches the tab of the print settings area to be displayed when the Canon IJ XPS Preview is started. Select Page Information, Layout, or Manual Color Adjustment. Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information. (Print) Prints the documents selected in the document list.
(Move to Last) Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list. If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. (Undo) Reverses the previous change. If the change cannot be reversed, this function is grayed out and cannot be selected. (Delete Page) Deletes the currently selected page. If page layout printing is set, the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted. Document list Displays the list of the print documents.
Layout tab You can specify settings for page layout printing. To apply the specified settings, click Apply. If the page layout print settings cannot be changed for the print document, the individual items are grayed out and cannot be selected. Manual Color Adjustment tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options. Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper. If the duplex print settings cannot be changed for the print document, this item is grayed out and is unavailable. Important • When you select Booklet for Page Layout, Duplex Printing of the print settings area will be set automatically. In this case, Duplex Printing is grayed out and is unavailable. Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the printer and the printing progress. The monitor uses graphics, icons, and messages to let you know the printer status. Canon IJ Status Monitor Features The Canon IJ Status Monitor offers the following advantages: You can check the status of the printer on the screen. The status of the printer is shown on the screen in real time. You can check the printing progress of each printing document (print job).
Printing Page Shows the number of printing page and total printing pages. Display Print Queue Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in the print queue. Cancel Printing Cancels the current print job. Important • The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the printer. Once the print data has been sent, the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable.
Ink Information (displayed at left) Shows the ink tank types with graphics. If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs, the printer driver displays an icon to let you know. If the icon is displayed, operate the printer according to the instructions displayed on the screen. Message (displayed at right) Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences. Ink Model Number Shows the ink tank types for your printer.
Updating the MP Drivers Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers 571
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers The MP Drivers include a printer driver, ScanGear (scanner driver), and fax driver. By updating the MP Drivers to the latest version of the MP Drivers, unresolved problems may be solved. You can access our website and download the latest MP Drivers for your model. Important • You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility. • Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers The MP Drivers which you no longer use can be deleted. When deleting the MP Drivers, first exit all programs that are running. The procedure to delete the unnecessary MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Start the uninstaller Select Control Panel -> Programs -> Programs and Features. From the program list, select "XXX MP Drivers" (where "XXX" is your model name) and then click Uninstall. The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears.
Before Installing the MP Drivers This section describes the items that you should check before installing the MP Drivers. You should also refer to this section if the MP Drivers cannot be installed. Checking the Printer Status • Turn off the printer. Checking the Personal Computer Settings • Terminate all running applications. • Log on as a user who has the administrator account. Important • Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Installing the MP Drivers You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for your model. The procedure for installing the downloaded MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Turn off the printer 2. Start the installer Double-click the icon of the downloaded file. The installation program starts. Important • A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print 576
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • • • • Print images from a photo-sharing service Print documents from a data management service Save scanned images to a data management service. Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
Printing with Google Cloud Print The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc.). By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print. Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Once you register the printer to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print LAN connection with the printer and internet connection are required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.
Getting Google Account To print with Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud Print in advance. Note • If you already have Google account, register the printer to Google Cloud Print. Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and register the required information. * The screen above may change without prior notice.
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print The printer can be registered to Google Cloud Print with the following two methods. Registration Using Google Chrome Registration Using Printer Important • If you have not gotten Google account, get it. Getting Google Account • When the printer owner changes, delete its registration from Google Cloud Print.
Registration Using Printer Important • Entering the administrator password may be required depending on the range of administrator password. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel 3. Select Web service setup and press OK button. 4. Select Web service connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup -> Register with Google Cloud Print.
• If you exceed time limit of the authentication process, an error message is displayed on the LCD. Press the OK button. When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed, try again from step 7. Note • Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in advance. 10. When message that registration is complete is displayed on printer's LCD, press OK button. When authentication process is complete properly, the registration items are displayed.
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print, the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically. When printing from a smartphone, tablet, computer, or other external device by using Google Cloud Print, load paper into the printer in advance. You can print with Google Cloud Print with the following two methods. • Printing via internet LAN connection with the printer and internet connection are required.
Note • If the printer's Auto Power On function is enabled, the printer is turned on automatically when it receives the print data. 2. Start Google Chrome browser on your computer. 3. Select Sign in to Chrome... from (Chrome menu). 4. Log in to your Google account. 5. Select Print... from (Chrome menu). 6. Select Change... next Destination. 7. Select Canon MB2100 series in Google Cloud Print. 8. Select Print.
When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically. When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately When the printer cannot receive the print data, or you want to start printing immediately, you can check whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually. Follow the steps below. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel 3.
2. Start Google Chrome browser on your computer. 3. Select Sign in to Chrome... from (Chrome menu). 4. Log in to your Google account. 5. Select Print... from (Chrome menu). 6. Select Change... next Destination. 7. Select Canon MB2100 series in Local Destinations. 8. Select Print. When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically.
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print If the printer's owner changes or if you want to re-register the printer, delete it from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below. The printer can be deleted from Google Cloud Print with the following two methods. Deletion Using Google Chrome Deletion Using Printer Important • LAN connection with the printer and internet connection are required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply. Deletion Using Google Chrome 1.
LCD and Operation Panel 3. Select Web service setup and press OK button. 4. Select Web service connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup -> Delete from Google Cloud Print. 5. When confirmation screen to delete printer is displayed, select Yes and press OK button. 6. When message that deletion is complete is displayed, press OK button.
Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note • If you want to print using AirPrint from iOS device, see below. Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Checking Your Environment First, check your environment.
Note • If the printer's Auto Power On function is enabled, the printer is turned on automatically when it receives the print data. 2. Load paper. 3. Perform printing on your application software. Print dialog appears. 4. Select your model name added as AirPrint printer from the Printer list in the Print Dialog. 5. Set the paper size, media type, and other settings as needed. 6. Select Print. When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.
Printing from a Device Equipped with Windows 10 Mobile You can print from a device equipped with Windows 10 Mobile. This function enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from Windows 10 without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Checking Your Environment First, check your environment. • Operation Environment Windows 10 • Requirement The Windows device and the printer must be connected to the same network over a LAN or connected directly without wireless router.
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Directly from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Using a Web Service 593
Printing Directly from Smartphone/Tablet Android Print Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Printing from a Device Equipped with Windows 10 Mobile Using Machine with Direct Connection 594
Android Print You can print to a Canon printer from your Android smartphone or tablet by installing a printing plug-in. Installing Printing Plug-in • Installing Canon Print Service Canon Print Service is a printing plug-in for Android 4.4.2 or later, and is available for free on Google Play. Install the plug-in and activate it. Printing Using Canon Print Service • Installing Mopria Print Service Mopria Print Service is a plug-in that allows printing to a Mopria authentication printer from Android 4.
Printing Using Mopria Print Service Important • The operation may differ depending on your Android device or your application. • Activate the plug-in after installing it to your Android device. The service is not enabled immediately after installing. • You can print using Mopria Print Service with wireless LAN or with the printer's direct connection. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Perform print operation on your application of Android device. 4.
Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note • If you want to print using AirPrint from Mac, see below. Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Checking Your Environment First, check your environment.
4. Tap Print from menu options. 5. Select your model name from Printer on Printer Options. Important • Because some applications do not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If an application does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that application.
Note • Printer Options differ depending on the application that you are using. 6. When printing file type that has multiple pages, such as PDF file, tap Range and tap All Pages or select range of pages to be printed. 7. For 1 Copy, tap + or - to set number of required copies. 8. For Duplex Printing, tap On to enable duplex printing or tap Off to disable function. 9. Tap Print. When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.
Load the envelope in vertically with the address side facing down so that the folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the right side. Checking Print Status During printing, a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used applications and you can use it to check the print progress. Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode. Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary.
Using Machine with Direct Connection You can connect devices (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below. • Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router) • Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using direct connection) This section describes direct connection, which allows you to print or scan by connecting the devices to the printer directly. Follow the procedure below to use direct connection. 1. Enable direct connection. 2. Connect devices to printer. 3.
5. Select Change LAN and press OK button. 6. Select Activate direct connect. and press OK button. 7. Select Yes and press OK button. The identifier (SSID) for direct connection appears. The device detects the printer by the identifier (SSID). Note • If you press the right Function button, select Yes and press the OK button, the following items appear.
Your device is connected to the printer. Note • Check the password for the direct connection. Check by one of the following methods. • Display on the LCD. LAN settings • Print the network settings. Printing Network Settings • Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device to the printer via wireless LAN. Enter the password specified for the printer.
5. Select Activate wireless LAN and press OK button. If you do not use the printer over wireless LAN, select Disable LAN. Changing Direct Connection Setting Change the settings for the direct connection following the procedure below. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel 3. Select Device settings and press OK button. 4. Select LAN settings and press OK button. 5. Select Other settings and press OK button. 6.
3. Press left Function button to finish entering device name. • To change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to the printer Selecting C and pressing the OK button displays the confirmation screen. If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct device is connecting to the printer, select Yes and press the OK button. Important • To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should not change the setting from the default.
Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print 606
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • • • • Print images from a photo-sharing service Print documents from a data management service Save scanned images to a data management service. Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
Printing with Google Cloud Print The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc.). By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print. Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Once you register the printer to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print LAN connection with the printer and internet connection are required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.
Printing Using Operation Panel Printing Photo Data Printing Documents (PDF File) Saved on USB Flash Drive 610
Printing Photo Data Printing Photographs Saved on USB Flash Drive Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel Using Useful Display Functions 611
Printing Photographs Saved on USB Flash Drive You can print the photograph saved on the USB flash drive easily. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Load photo paper. 3. Insert USB flash drive into USB flash drive port. Important • If you already insert the USB flash drive to save the received faxes automatically, you cannot print the photographs even when the USB flash drive which contains the photo data is set.
1. Number of copies Specify by using the Numeric buttons. 2. Selection photo Select the photo you want to print by using the button. 3. Print settings By pressing the right Function button, the print settings confirmation screen is displayed. On the print settings confirmation screen, you can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on. Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel 4.
• You can add the print job by pressing the right Function button while printing. Adding Print Job Adding Print Job You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos. Follow the procedure below to add the print job. 1. Press the right Function button when the print progress screen is displayed. The photo selection screen is displayed. 2. Select the next photo to print. Note • While you select the photo, the printer prints the reserved photos.
cancel printing all photos. If you select Cancel the last reservation and press the OK button, you can cancel the last printing job. • If there are many print jobs, Cannot reserve more print jobs. Please wait a while and redo the operation. may be displayed on the LCD. In this case, wait a while and add the print job.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the USB flash drive. Use the button to change the setting item and use the button to change the setting. Note • Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, Error details appears on the LCD and appears at the setting item.
Using Useful Display Functions You can change the method to display the photos saved on the USB flash drive and specify the date (last modified date of data) to select photos. Changing the Method to Display Specifying Date to Select Photo Changing the Method to Display By pressing the left Function button on the photo selection screen, the screen to select a display method is displayed. Use the button to select the display method and press the OK button. The following methods are selectable.
Printing Documents (PDF File) Saved on USB Flash Drive You can print following PDF files (Extension: .pdf) using the operation panel of the printer.
• If no printable document (PDF files) is saved on the USB flash drive, Data of supported types are not saved. is displayed on the LCD. 5. Select the document to print and press the OK button. button to select the document to print on the list view and use the Use the document to print on the preview. button to select the Note • File names may not be displayed properly on the document list if the file name is long or includes incompatible characters.
2. Page size Select the page size depending on the loaded paper. Note • Only the page sizes selectable from the operation panel are displayed. 3. Type (Media type) The paper type is set to Plain paper. 4. Print qlty (Print quality) Specify the print quality. 5. 2-sidedPrintSetting Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing. When 2-sided is selected, you can select the orientation and the stapling side of the paper by pressing the right Function button.
Paper Settings By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette, you can prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings. Note • The default display setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the printer and when you print using the printer driver.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) Note • Depending on the registered cassette paper information, the screen to make sure whether you apply the registered information to the paper settings for copying is displayed. If you select Yes, the information is applied to the paper settings for copying.
Check the message and press the OK button. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of the operations below. Note • Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed. Print with the loaded paper. Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) • For Mac OS: Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) Cancel Cancels printing. Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying. Change the paper settings and try printing again.
Copying Making Copies Reducing/Enlarging Copies Basics Two-Sided Copying Special Copy Menu 625
Making Copies This section describes the procedure to copy with Standard copy. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Select Copy on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The Copy standby screen is displayed. 4. Load original document on platen glass or in ADF. 5. Specify settings as necessary. 1. Number of copies Specify by using the Numeric buttons. 2. Print settings By pressing the right Function button, the print settings screen is displayed.
Registering Favorite Settings (Custom profiles) 6. Press Color button for color copying, or Black button for black & white copying. The printer starts copying. Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after copying is complete. Important • If you load the original on the platen glass, do not open the document cover or remove the original while Scanning document... is displayed on the LCD.
cancel copying all scanned data. If you select Cancel the last reservation and press the OK button, you can cancel the last copying job. • If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job, Cannot add more copy jobs. Please wait a while and redo the operation. may appear on the LCD. Press the OK button and wait a while, and then try copying again. • If Failed to reserve the copy job. Start over from the beginning.
Displaying Preview Screen Pressing the center Function button allows you to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen. Important • The preview screen is not available when you load the original in the ADF. • In the following conditions, you cannot use the center Function button when the Copy standby screen is displayed. • 2-sided is selected for 2-sidedPrintSetting. • 2-on-1 copy or 4-on-1 copy is selected for Layout. • ON is selected for Collate.
Setting Items for Copying The following screen is displayed by pressing the right Function button on the Copy standby screen. Use the button to change the setting item and use the button to change the setting. Note • Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy menu. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, Error details appears on the LCD and appears at the setting item.
Note • Only the page sizes selectable from the operation panel are displayed. 4. Type (Media type) Select the media type of the loaded paper. Note • Only the media types selectable from the operation panel are displayed. 5. Print qlty (Print quality) Adjust print quality according to the original. Important • If you use Standard with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected, select High for Print qlty and try copying again. • Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies You can specify the magnification optionally or select the preset-ratio copying or fit-to-page copying. The screen below is displayed when you press the right Function button in the Copy standby screen. Select the reduction/enlargement method from Magnif.. Note • Some of the reduction/enlargement methods are not available depending on the copy menu. • Fit to page The printer automatically reduces or enlarges the image to fit the page size. The setting in Magnif.
If you select other than Fit to page and press the right Function button, Magnification screen is displayed. Use the button to specify the magnification. Note • 400% MAX (maximum copy ratio) and 25% MIN (minimum copy ratio) are selectable. • If you make a copy at the same size as the original, select Same size.
Two-Sided Copying When you select 2-sided for 2-sidedPrintSetting in Standard copy, you can copy two original pages onto the both sides of a single sheet of paper. Press the right Function button to select the orientation and the stapling side. • When you select Portrait for Orientation and Long-side stapling for Stapling side of print paper: • When you select Portrait for Orientation and Short-side stapling for Stapling side of print paper: • When you select Landscp.
When Loading the Original on the platen glass: • Before scanning: When you select 2-sided for 2-sidedPrintSetting and the preview function is activated, the printer starts pre-scanning before scanning the original. When pre-scanning is finished, the screen below (preview screen) appears on the LCD. 1. Rotate If you press the right Function button, the original rotates by 180 degrees. 2. Rescan If you press the left Function button, the original is rescanned. Press the OK button to start scanning.
Special Copy Menu Copying Two Pages onto Single Page Copying Four Pages onto Single Page Copying Thick Originals Such as Books Copying ID Card to Fit onto Single Page Collated Copying 636
Copying Two Pages onto Single Page When you select 2-on-1 copy for Layout in Standard copy, you can copy two original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image. Press the right Function button on the Copy standby screen to display the print settings screen and select 2-on-1 copy for Layout. Press the right Function button to specify the orientation and the advanced layout.
For more on two-sided copy function: Two-Sided Copying When Loading the Original on the platen glass: • Before scanning: When the preview function is activated, the printer starts pre-scanning before scanning the original. When pre-scanning is finished, the screen below (preview screen) appears on the LCD. 1. Rotate If you press the right Function button, the original rotates by 180 degrees. 2. Rescan If you press the left Function button, the original is rescanned.
Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy) • If you use this function in combination with Two-sided copy, the screen above is displayed after scanning the second sheet of original is complete. Follow the on-screen instructions to scan the third and fourth sheet of original.
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page When you select 4-on-1 copy for Layout in Standard copy, you can copy four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image. Four different layouts are available. Press the right Function button to specify the orientation and the advanced layout. Note • The layout is the same regardless of the orientation.
After selecting the layout and press the OK button, you can select whether you use the preview screen. If you select Yes, the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation. Note • This function can be used in combination with Two-sided copy. If you use this function in combination, you can copy eight original pages on one sheet of paper. In this case, four original pages are copied on each side of paper.
Remove the first sheet of original from the platen glass and load the second sheet on the platen glass and press the OK button. The printer starts scanning the second sheet of original and copying. Note • If you do not need more scanning, press the left Function button. The printer starts copying. • You can add the copying job while printing.
Copying Thick Originals Such as Books When ON is selected for Frame erase copy in Standard copy, you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows in copying thick originals such as books. Using this function, you can reduce unnecessary ink consumption. Note • When you use this function, load the original on the platen glass and close the document cover.
Copying ID Card to Fit onto Single Page When you select ID card copy for Layout in Standard copy, you can copy a card sized original such as an ID card onto a single sheet of paper. Press the right Function button on the Copy standby screen to display the print settings screen and select ID card copy for Layout. You can check printing result of the front side using the preview screen.
Using Preview Screen to Check Printing Result of Front Side Pressing the center Function button before loading the original on the platen glass displays how to load the original on the LCD. Loading the original following the on-screen instructions and pressing the OK button displays the preview screen to check the printing result of the front side. Pressing the Color or Black button starts scanning the front side. Note • Pressing the OK button on the preview screen returns to Copy standby screen.
Collated Copying You can obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi-paged original. When you select ON for Collate in Standard copy, you can obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi-paged original. In addition, you can copy originals on both sides of paper. • When ON is selected: • When OFF is selected: Note • When you use this function, load the original in the ADF. • The number of pages the printer can read varies with the document. If Device memory is full.
See Two-Sided Copying for two-sided copying.
Copying from Smartphone/Tablet Installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY on your smartphone/tablet allows you to perform copy settings or operations from your smartphone/tablet. Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY is a Canon-made application and can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play. For iOS For Android 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Connect machine and your smartphone/tablet.
10. If screen asking you to enter password is displayed, enter password and tap OK on application. The machine starts copying. Important • The password is set at the time of purchase. The password is the printer serial number. The printer serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer. It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers). For details on setting password, see Setting Password.
Scanning Scanning from Computer (Windows) Scanning from Computer (Mac OS) Scanning from Operation Panel Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet 650
Scanning from Computer (Windows) Using IJ Scan Utility Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear) Other Scanning Methods IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen Scanning Tips Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Network Scan Settings 651
Using IJ Scan Utility What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)? Starting IJ Scan Utility Scanning Documents Basics Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR) Sending Scanned Images via E-mail Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Saving after Checking Scan Results IJ Scan Ut
What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)? IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents, photos, etc. You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
Note • Refer to "Settings Dialog Box" for how to set the applications to integrate with.
Starting IJ Scan Utility Note • If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment from IJ Scan Utility. Network Scan Settings Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility. Windows 10: From Start menu, select All apps > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility. Windows 8.1/Windows 8: Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen.
Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents. 1. Place the item on the platen. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) 2. Start IJ Scan Utility. 3. Click Settings..., then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box as required. When setting is completed, click OK. 4. Click Document. Scanning starts. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos. 1. Place the photo on the platen. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) 2. Start IJ Scan Utility. 3. Click Settings..., then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box as required. When setting is completed, click OK. 4. Click Photo. Scanning starts. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand. This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box as required. When setting is completed, click OK. Note • Once the settings are made, you can scan with the same settings from the next time. 3.
Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported. Note • The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box as required. When setting is completed, click OK.
5. Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction. 6. Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face-down on the platen. 7. Click Start Scanning Image 1.
The first item is scanned and appears in 1. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 8. Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face-down on the platen. 9. Click Start Scanning Image 2.
The second item is scanned and appears in 2. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 10. Adjust the scanned images as required. Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in/out, or drag the images to adjust their positions. Note • Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved. Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window • To scan an item again, select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen, then click (Delete).
The combined image is saved. Note • Refer to "Image Stitch Window" for details on the Image Stitch window. • You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box displayed by clicking Settings....
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window "Cropping" is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it. In the Image Stitch window, you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area. Note • Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with ScanGear (scanner driver). Initial Cropping Frame No cropping frame is specified.
Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR) Click OCR in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in a specified application. Note • You can also extract text from Document, Custom, or ScanGear. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings..., then set the document type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (OCR) dialog box, and then select the application in which you want to display the result. When setting is completed, click OK.
• Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong orientation (rotated characters) • Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text • Documents with narrow line spacing • Documents with colors in the background of text • Documents containing multiple languages 666
Sending Scanned Images via E-mail You can send scanned images via e-mail easily by simply clicking E-mail in the IJ Scan Utility main screen. Note • You can also send scanned images via e-mail from Document, Photo, Custom, or ScanGear. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (E-mail) dialog box, and then select an e-mail client. When setting is completed, click OK. 3. Place the item on the platen.
Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time You can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually. Important • The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. • • • • Photos that have a whitish background Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc.
5. Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned. 6. Select Auto scan for Paper Size, then click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (OCR) Dialog Box Settings (E-mail) Dialog Box 7. Click Custom. Multiple items are scanned at one time. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Settings.... In each Settings dialog box, you can also make advanced scan settings.
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Place multiple documents on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) and scan at one time. Note • You can scan multiple documents at one time from the ADF when scanning via Document, Custom, ScanGear, OCR, or E-mail. Refer to "Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to scan using ScanGear (scanner driver).
5. Select Select Source according to the documents to be scanned. To scan only the front side of each document, select Document (ADF/Platen) or Document (ADF Simplex). To scan the front side then the back side of each document, select Document (ADF Manual Duplex). 6. Set the color mode, document size, and scanning resolution as required.
Click Document Scan Orientation Settings... to specify the orientation of the documents to be scanned. In the displayed dialog box, you can specify the Orientation and Binding Side. How to place the documents when scanning the back sides depends on the Binding Side. When setting is completed, click OK. The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box.
Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. When Document (ADF Manual Duplex) is selected for Select Source, proceed to Step 8. 8. Follow the on-screen instructions to place the documents. Note • The screens for scanning with Orientation set to Portrait are used as examples in the following descriptions. When Long edge is Selected for Binding Side in Document Scan Orientation Settings...: Place the documents after rotating the output documents 180 degrees.
9. Click OK. Scanning starts. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. • Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Settings.... In each Settings dialog box, you can also make advanced scan settings.
Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results, then save the images to a computer. Important • You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using the operation panel. Note • The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings.... The Settings dialog box appears. 3. Click Photo Scan.
4. Select Check scan results and specify save settings checkbox, and then click OK. The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Settings (OCR) Dialog Box Settings (E-mail) Dialog Box 5. Click Photo. Scanning starts.
When scanning is completed, the Save Settings dialog box appears. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 6. Change the image order or file save options as required. You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog box. Note • The default save folders are as follows. • Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows 8/Windows 7: My Documents folder 7. Click OK. Scanned images are saved according to the settings.
IJ Scan Utility Screens IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog Box Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Settings (OCR) Dialog Box Settings (E-mail) Dialog Box Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog Box Settings (General Settings) Dia
IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility. Windows 10: From Start menu, select All apps > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility to start IJ Scan Utility. Windows 8.1/Windows 8: Select IJ Scan Utility on Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility. If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, and then search for "IJ Scan Utility".
Custom Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer. The item type can be automatically detected. Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box. Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image.
Settings Dialog Box There are three tabs in the Settings dialog box: (Scanning from a Computer), (Scanning from the Operation Panel), and (General Settings). When you click a tab, the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab. (Scanning from a Computer) Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility.
(Scanning from the Operation Panel) Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel. Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog Box (General Settings) Tab You can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Click Document Scan on the Scan) dialog box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Document In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned.
Note • When Document (ADF/Platen) is selected and documents are placed both on the platen and ADF, those placed on the ADF will be scanned. Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item. Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned. When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit, then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK. Note • Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings.
Important • Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document. Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Note • The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode. Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability. Important • The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the checkbox and scan.
Reduce gutter shadow/Reduce gutter shadow (platen) Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Important • This function is available only when scanning from the platen. Note • Use ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non-standard size items or specified areas. Refer to "Gutter Shadow Correction" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
In that case, select the Check scan results and specify save settings checkbox, and then rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog box. (2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name.
• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. Important • This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search. Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in. You can specify the folder from the pull-down menu. Attach to e-mail Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached. You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pull-down menu. Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Click Photo Scan on the dialog box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Photo Scan) In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Select Source Photo is selected. Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item. Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned.
Note • Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Important • When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available. Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG. Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White. Note • With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. Important • This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.
Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Click Custom Scan on the dialog box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Custom Scan) In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned.
• To scan the following types of items, specify the item type or size. You cannot scan correctly with Auto. • A4 size photos • Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such as paperback pages with the spine cut off • Items printed on thin white paper • Long narrow items such as panoramic photos • Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected. • Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly.
The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Note • Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto. • Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings. Document Scan Orientation Settings... This appears when you select ADF or Auto for Select Source. Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog box in which you can set the orientation and binding side of the documents to be scanned from the ADF.
Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image. • When Select Source is Magazine or Document: Note • The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode. Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability. Important • The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the checkbox and scan. Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
Important • The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly.
• Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows 8/Windows 7: My Documents folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto. Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White. • When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings, you cannot select PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages). Note • Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source.
Set up password security Select this checkbox to display the Password Security Settings dialog box. Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format. Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01" (Year_Month_Date).
Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Click Scan and Stitch on the Stitch) dialog box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Scan and In the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned.
Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source. Important • When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available. • When Select Source is Photo: Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
• Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows 8/Windows 7: My Documents folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages). Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White. Note • With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format. PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files.
Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format. Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01" (Year_Month_Date). If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Click ScanGear on the box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (ScanGear) dialog In the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box, you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting ScanGear (scanner driver) and how to respond after saving them. (1) Save Settings Area (2) Application Settings Area (1) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved.
• Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows 8/Windows 7: My Documents folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages). Note • When PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected, images up to 9600 pixels x 9600 pixels can be scanned.
Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format. Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01" (Year_Month_Date). If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (OCR) Dialog Box Click OCR on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (OCR) dialog box. In the Settings (OCR) dialog box, you can make advanced settings for extracting text from scanned images. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned.
When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit, then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK. Important • Custom cannot be selected depending on the Select Source setting. Note • Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Note • For Resolution, only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set.
Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Note • The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode. Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability. Important • The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the checkbox and scan. Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.
Important • The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly.
• Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows 8/Windows 7: My Documents folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG. Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White. Note • With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Settings (E-mail) Dialog Box Click E-mail on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (E-mail) dialog box. In the Settings (E-mail) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e-mail after scanning them using the scanner button. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected. • Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Refer to "Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)" for how to place items. • When scanning two or more documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), place documents of the same size even if Auto is set. Note • To reduce moire, set Select Source to Magazine or select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings.
Important • Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document. Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source. • When Select Source is Auto: Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type. Important • The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the checkbox and scan.
Important • The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the checkbox and scan. Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function. Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image. Reduce show-through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc. Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns. Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots.
• Documents containing figures/images • Hand-written text • Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables) Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document. Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto. Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White. Note • Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source. • With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. Important • This appears only when JPEG/Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format.
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. Check scan results and specify save settings Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning. Important • This does not appear when Select Source is Auto. (3) Application Settings Area E-mail Client Specify the e-mail client to use for attaching scanned images. Note • To add an e-mail client to the pull-down menu, select Add...
Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog Box Click Save to PC (Photo) on the (Save to PC (Photo)) dialog box. (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings In the Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as photos after scanning them from the operation panel. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel.
Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the pulldown menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder. The default save folders are as follows. • Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows 8/Windows 7: My Documents folder Data Format Set from the operation panel. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog Box Click Save to PC (Document) on the (Save to PC (Document)) dialog box. (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings In the Settings (Save to PC (Document)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as documents after scanning them from the operation panel. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel.
Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function. Reduce gutter shadow (platen) Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Important • This function is available only when scanning from the platen. Note • When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network connection. Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10 degrees) of the document.
(2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name. Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add...
Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu. Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in. You can specify the folder from the pull-down menu. Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in.
Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog Box Click Attach to E-mail (Photo) on the (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) dialog box. (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings In the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e-mail as photos after scanning them from the operation panel. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel.
Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the pulldown menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder. The default save folders are as follows. • Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows 8/Windows 7: My Documents folder Data Format Set from the operation panel. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog Box Click Attach to E-mail (Document) on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) dialog box. In the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e-mail as documents after scanning them from the operation panel.
Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function. Reduce gutter shadow (platen) Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Important • This function is available only when scanning from the platen. Note • When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network connection. Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10 degrees) of the document.
(2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name. Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add...
Note • To add an e-mail client to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application dialog box and specify the e-mail client. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box Click the (General Settings) tab to display the Settings (General Settings) dialog box. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, you can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily. Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use.
Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Save Settings Dialog Box Select the Check scan results and specify save settings checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog box to display the Save Settings dialog box after scanning. You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results. (1) Preview Operation Buttons (2) Scan Results Area (3) Save Settings Area (1) Preview Operation Buttons (Delete) Deletes the image selected in the Scan Results area.
(2) Scan Results Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images. You can change the save order of images via drag-anddrop. The file names for saving appear below the thumbnails. Double-click a thumbnail to enlarge the view of the scanned image. (3) Save Settings Area Scan More Starts scanning again, and then adds the image to the Scan Results area. File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved.
Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages). Important • You cannot select PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) in the following cases.
Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format. Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01" (Year_Month_Date). If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. Save Saves the scanned images. Cancel Cancels saving.
Password Security Settings Dialog Box Set passwords for opening or printing/editing PDF files. Display the Password Security Settings dialog box by one of the following operations.
Important • Enter a password of up to 32 characters using single-byte letters, numbers, and/or symbols (!"#$%&'()* +,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~). Passwords are case sensitive. • To set both Document Open Password and Permissions Password, select both checkboxes and specify a different password for each. OK OK can be clicked after entering Document Open Password and Password (Confirmation), or Permissions Password and Password (Confirmation). Click OK to scan or save.
Image Stitch Window Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window. You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Thumbnail View Area (4) Preview Area Note • The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view.
Scan from Right Displays the first scanned image on the right side. Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item. Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item.
Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview. If no area is specified, the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved. If an area is specified, only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved. Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image. Cancel Cancels Stitch scan. (2) Toolbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images.
When no image has been scanned: After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1: The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction, and 2 appears next to it. After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2: The two scanned images appear.
Related Topic Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) 749
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear) What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens Positioning Originals (Sca
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. It enables you to specify the output size and make image corrections when scanning. ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with a standard interface called TWAIN. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.) What You Can Do with This Software This software enables you to preview scan results or set document type and output size, etc. when scanning documents.
Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone, etc. when scanning.
Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) 753
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or other applications. Note • Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection. Starting IJ Scan Utility Follow these steps to start ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
Scanning in Basic Mode Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following the on-screen steps. Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)" to scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen. When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), documents are scanned without preview. Important • The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application's manual. Note • To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color). 3. Click Preview. Preview image appears in the Preview area. Important • Preview is not displayed when an ADF type is selected for Select Source. Note • Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source. 4. Set Destination.
7. Set Image corrections as required. 8. Click Scan. Scanning starts. Note • Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings (document type, etc.). • A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Scanning in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone, etc. when scanning. Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)" to scan multiple documents at one time. Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode" to scan multiple documents placed on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). Important • The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly.
Note • Settings are not retained when you switch modes. 3. Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose. 4. Click Preview. Preview images appear in the Preview area. 5. Set Output Settings. 6. Adjust the cropping frame (scan area), correct image, and adjust colors as required. Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 7. Click Scan. Scanning starts.
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the image brightness, color tone, etc. and scan multiple documents placed on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) at one time. When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning, you can scan both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF. When scanning from the ADF, documents are scanned without preview. 1.
6. Click Scan. Scanning starts. Note (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings • Click (document type, etc.). • A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) You can scan two or more photos (small documents) on the Platen at one time on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab. This section explains how to scan multiple documents from the Basic Mode tab. Important • To scan multiple documents as a single image, scan in whole image view. • The following types of documents may not be cropped correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view and scan.
3. Click Preview. Thumbnails of the preview images appear in the Preview area. Cropping frames are specified automatically according to the document size. 4. Set Destination. 5. Set Output Size according to purpose. 6. Adjust the cropping frames and set Image corrections as required. Note • You can correct each image separately. Select the frame you want to correct. • In thumbnail view, you can only create one cropping frame per image.
Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View 7. Select the images you want to scan. Select the checkboxes of the images you want to scan. 8. Click Scan. Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View Follow these steps if thumbnails are not displayed correctly when previewed or if you want to scan multiple documents as a single image. Note • Positions of slanted documents are not corrected in whole image view. 1. After previewing images, click (Thumbnail) on the Toolbar.
Invert aspect ratio will be enabled when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible. Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation. 4. Adjust the cropping frames. Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image. You can also create two or more cropping frames. If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop).
Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.
Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.) The Image Settings functions on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear (scanner driver) allow you to enhance the outline of the subjects, reduce dust/scratches, and correct faded colors when scanning images. Setting Items Click (Arrow) of a function and select an item from the pull-down menu. Important • Do not apply these functions to images without moire, dust/scratches, or faded colors.
Reducing show-through in text documents or lightening the base color in recycled paper, newspapers, etc. when scanning documents Set Reduce Show-through to ON. OFF ON Sharpening slightly out-of-focus images Set Unsharp Mask to ON. OFF ON Reducing gradations and stripe patterns Set Descreen to ON.
Note • Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned. Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect. Reducing dust and scratches Set Reduce Dust and Scratches to Low, Medium, or High according to the degree of dust and scratches.
None Medium 770
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern You can preview color changes and reproduce natural colors by using the color pattern function in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Basic Mode tab. Color Adjustment Correct colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast. "Colorcast" is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors. Click an arrow in Color Adjustment to emphasize the corresponding color.
It is recommended that you find a portion in the image where it should be white, and adjust the colors so that the portion turns white. Preview image appears in the center. Preview image colors change as you adjust them. Below is an example of correcting a bluish image. Since Blue and Green are too strong, click the Yellow and Magenta arrows to correct. Before After Note • Color adjustments are applied only to the cropping frames (scan areas) or the frame selected in thumbnail view.
Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance You can brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast by using Balance) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab. (Saturation/Color Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Saturation Adjust the image's saturation (vividness). You can brighten colors that have faded with time, etc.
Color Balance Adjust images that have a colorcast. "Colorcast" is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors. Move (Slider) under Color Balance to the left or right to emphasize the corresponding color. Cyan & Red Magenta & Green Yellow & Blue These are complementary color pairs (each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed). You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color.
Adjusting Brightness and Contrast You can adjust images that are too dark or bright, or too flat due to lack of contrast by using (Brightness/Contrast) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab. Note (Down arrow) to switch to detailed view. Click (Up arrow) to return to the previous view. • Click • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation).
Note • Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale. Brightness Adjust the image brightness. Move (Slider) under Brightness to the left to darken and right to brighten the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127). Darkened Original image Brightened Note • Highlights may be lost if you brighten the image too much, and shadows may be lost if you darken the image too much.
Note • Increasing the contrast is effective in adding a three-dimensional feel to soft images. However, shadows and highlights may be lost if you increase the contrast too much.
Adjusting Histogram You can adjust the image color tone by using a graph (histogram) showing brightness distribution, via (Histogram) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These colors can be adjusted individually as a "channel." Master Adjust the Red, Green, and Blue combined. Red Adjust the Red channel.
(1) Bright area (2) Dark area (3) Whole image More data is distributed to the high- More data is distributed to the shadlight side. ow side. Data is widely distributed between the highlight and shadow. Adjusting Histograms (Using the Slider) Select a Channel, then move set as the shadow or highlight. (Black-point Slider) or (White-point Slider) to specify the level to be • All parts to the left of (Black-point Slider) will be black (level 0).
Images with widely distributed data Move the Black-point Slider toward the highlight side, and White-point Slider toward the shadow side. Moving the Mid-point Slider Move the Mid-point Slider to specify the level to be set as the middle of the tonal range. Images with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Mid-point Slider toward the highlight side. Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the Mid-point Slider toward the shadow side.
• The point clicked with (0 to 245). (Black-point Dropper) will be the darkest point. You can also enter a value • The point clicked with enter a value (5 to 250). (Mid-point Dropper) will be the middle of the tonal range. You can also • The point clicked with value (10 to 255). (White-point Dropper) will be the brightest point. You can also enter a • Click image.
Adjusting Tone Curve You can adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of tone input and output, via tab. (Tone Curve Settings) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These colors can be adjusted individually as a "channel." Master Adjust the Red, Green, and Blue combined.
Adjusting Tone Curve In Select Tone Curve, select a tone curve from No correction, Overexposure, Underexposure, High contrast, Reverse the negative/positive image, and Edit custom curve. No correction (No adjustment) Overexposure (Convex curve) The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the highlight of the output side, resulting in a brighttoned image when viewed on a monitor.
Reverse the negative/positive image (Downward-sloping line) The input and output sides are reversed, resulting in a negative-positive inverted image. Edit custom curve You can drag specific points on the Tone Curve to freely adjust the brightness of the corresponding areas.
Setting Threshold You can sharpen text in a document or reduce show-through in newspapers by adjusting the threshold level via (Threshold) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab. Note • This function is available when Color Mode is Black and White. • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Adjusting Threshold The brightness of color and grayscale images is expressed in a value between 0 and 255.
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons Preferences Dialog Box Scanner Tab Preview Tab Scan Tab Color Settings Tab 786
Basic Mode Tab This mode allows you to scan easily by following the on-screen steps. This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Preview Area Note • The displayed items vary by document type and view. • The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). (1) Settings and Operation Buttons Select Source Photo (Color) Scan color photos. Magazine (Color) Scan color magazines.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning) Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white. Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application's manual. Note • When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active. • When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
Output Size Select an output size. Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination. Flexible Allows you to freely adjust the cropping frames (scan areas). In thumbnail view: Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is displayed, each frame is scanned individually. In whole image view: When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned.
Deleting: Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, then click Delete. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List. Important • You cannot delete predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels. Note • Save up to 10 items. • An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value within the setting range.
Reduce gutter shadow Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Important • For precautions on using this function, refer to "Gutter Shadow Correction." Color Pattern... Allows you to adjust the image's overall color. You can correct colors that have faded due to colorcast, etc. and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
(Rotate Right) Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise. • The result will be reflected in the scanned image. • The image returns to its original state when you preview again. (Auto Crop) Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame. (Check All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Note • When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status. • Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied. • Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously. You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key. • Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied. • Double-click a frame to zoom in on the image.
Note • You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, you can only create one cropping frame per image. In whole image view, you can create multiple cropping frames.
Advanced Mode Tab This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, and color tone. This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Preview Area Note • The displayed items vary by document type and view. • The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List. When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with the predefined items. To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Favorite Settings List. Note • You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview. • Save up to 10 items. Input Settings Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Note • Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview. • (Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the resolution of the displayed image will be low. Preview Performs a trial scan. Scan Starts scanning. Note • When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan. • When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear. Follow the prompt to complete.
In thumbnail view: In whole image view: (Thumbnail) / (Whole Image) Switches the view in the Preview area. (3) Preview Area (Clear) Deletes the preview image from the Preview area. It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings. (Crop) Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse. (Move Image) Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in the Preview area does not fit in the screen.
(Uncheck All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view. (Select All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue. (Select All Cropping Frames) Available when two or more cropping frames are specified. Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them. (Remove Cropping Frame) Removes the selected cropping frame.
Note • When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status. • Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied. • Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously. You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key. • Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
Input Settings Input Settings allows you to set the following items: Select Source The type of document to be scanned is displayed. To scan from the Platen, select Platen; to scan from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), select Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex). Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application's manual. Note • You can select Document (ADF Duplex) when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning.
Original Orientation Set the orientation and stapling side of the documents to scan from the ADF. Click Settings... to open the Orientation dialog box. Important • The Orientation dialog box can only be opened when Select Source is Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex). • Binding Location is displayed when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning. • Binding Location cannot be specified when Select Source is Document (ADF Simplex). Color Mode Select how to scan the document.
Important • Input size settings are available only when Output Size in Output Settings is Flexible. If you select a size other than Flexible, a cropping frame calculated from Output Size and Output Resolution is displayed, and its aspect ratio is fixed. Note • The values you can enter will be within the range of the selected document size. The minimum size is 96 pixels x 96 pixels when Output Resolution is 600 dpi, scaled at 100 %.
Output Settings Output Settings allows you to set the following items: Output Resolution Select the resolution to scan at. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Select a resolution from the options displayed by clicking the button, or enter a value in 1 dpi increments. Refer to "Resolution" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. When Select Source is Platen: You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 19200 dpi.
In whole image view: When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Note • To enlarge/reduce the scanned image, enter values into (Width) and (Height) in Output Settings or specify a value (by 1 %) for %. Although the maximum value available for % depends on the Output Resolution, it can be specified for up to 19200 dpi (the maximum available output resolution). Paper Size (L, A4, etc.
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value within the range displayed in the message. Note • Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)" for details on cropping frames. • For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in "Preview Tab" (Preferences dialog box). (Switch Aspect Ratio) Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Image Settings Important • Do not apply these functions to images without moire, dust/scratches, or faded colors. The color tone may be adversely affected. • Image correction results may not be reflected in the preview image. Note • Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings. • Scanning may take longer than usual when you use Image Settings.
Document Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents. Important • You can set Image Adjustment after preview. • You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Note • If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto, specify the document type. • The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment. In that case, set Image Adjustment to None.
Reduce Dust and Scratches Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches. Use this function to reduce such noise. None Dust and scratches will not be reduced. Low Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches. Large ones may remain. Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting. High Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches; however, evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed.
Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting. High Select this when the photo is very grainy. This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the image. Important • Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small. Gutter Shadow Correction Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. When you set the Gutter Shadow Correction setting in the preview image, the result will be reflected.
• How to place the document depends on your model and the document to be scanned. Note • Cover the document with black cloth if white spots, streaks, or colored patterns appear in scan results due to ambient light entering between the document and the Platen. • If the shadow is not corrected properly, adjust the cropping frame (scan area) on the preview image.
Color Adjustment Buttons The Color Adjustment Buttons allow you to make fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones including adjustments to the image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram) or balance (tone curve). Important • The Color Adjustment Buttons are not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Note • Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings.
(Histogram) A histogram allows you to see the data concentration at each brightness level of an image. You can specify the brightest level (highlight) and darkest level (shadow) within an image, cut the levels and expand the middle of the tonal range of the image. Adjusting Histogram (Tone Curve Settings) Adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of tone input and output. You can make fine adjustments to the brightness of a specific area.
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List. Click Save to save. To delete an item, select it in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List. You can load and apply the saved tone curve/threshold settings to a preview image. To load the settings, select the saved item from the pull-down menu. Note • Save up to 20 items.
Preferences Dialog Box In the Preferences dialog box, you can make advanced settings to ScanGear (scanner driver) functions via the Scanner, Preview, Scan, and Color Settings tabs. Click Preferences... in the ScanGear screen to open the Preferences dialog box. Scanner Tab Allows you to set the auto power settings, specify the folder in which to save images temporarily, and set the music file to play during or at the end of a scan.
Scanner Tab On the Scanner tab, you can specify the following settings. Important • Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer. Auto Power Settings You can set to turn the machine on or off automatically. Click Settings... to display the Auto Power Settings dialog box. Note • If the machine is off or bi-directional communication is disabled, a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the machine status.
Important When connected to the network, depending on your model, the power does not turn off automatically even if Auto Power Off is set. Refer to "Function Support List by Model (Auto Power Off)" to check if your model supports the Auto Power Off function. Quiet Settings The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this machine. Use this when you wish to reduce the operating noise such as when scanning or printing at night. Click Settings... to set the quiet mode.
Sound Settings You can set the machine to play music during/at the end of a scan. Select the Play music during scanning or Play sound when scanning is completed checkbox, then click Browse... and specify a sound file. You can specify the following files. • MIDI file (*.mid, *.rmi, *.midi) • Audio file (*.wav, *.aif, *.aiff) • MP3 file (*.
Preview Tab On the Preview tab, you can specify the following settings. Preview at Start of ScanGear Select what to do with Preview when ScanGear (scanner driver) is started. Automatically execute preview ScanGear will automatically start previewing at startup. Display saved preview image The previously previewed image will be displayed. The Color Adjustment Button settings, the Toolbar settings, and the Advanced Mode tab settings are also saved. None No preview image will be displayed at startup.
Cropping Size for Thumbnail View Select the cropping size for thumbnails of scanned documents. Larger Displays 105 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size. Standard The standard size. Smaller Displays 95 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size. Note • When you change the Cropping Size for Thumbnail View setting, the preview images will be refreshed and cropped to the new size.
Scan Tab On the Scan tab, you can specify the following settings. Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Select what to do with ScanGear (scanner driver) after scanning images. Close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the original application when scanning is completed. Do not close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the ScanGear screen for another scan when scanning is completed.
Color Settings Tab On the Color Settings tab, you can specify the following settings. Color Adjustment Select one of the following. Recommended Select this to vividly reproduce the tone of a document on the screen. It is recommended that you normally select this setting. Color Matching Select this to automatically match the scanner, monitor, and color printer colors, thus reducing time and trouble to manually match the monitor and printer colors. Source(Scanner) Select scanner profile.
Note • Depending on your scanner or printer, this setting may not be available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). • You can select one when Color Mode is Color or Grayscale. • Color Matching is available when ScanGear, monitor, color management-compliant application (such as Adobe Photoshop), and printer are set up correctly. Refer to the corresponding manual for the monitor, printer, and application settings.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Important • Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction. • Close the document cover when scanning.
Important Important • Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format. • Refer to "Loading Originals" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the portions in which items cannot be scanned. Placing Multiple Items: Allow 0.
2. Place the documents on the ADF, then adjust the document guides to the width of the documents. Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds. Note • When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned in the correct page order if placed the other way around.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) "Cropping" is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it. On the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab, you can specify cropping frames (scan areas) on the image(s) displayed in the Preview area of the screen. When you perform a scan, each area specified with a cropping frame will be scanned as a separate image. Note • In whole image view, you can specify multiple cropping frames on the preview image.
(2) Thin cropping frame In thumbnail view: Output size, image corrections, and other settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will be applied. In whole image view: Represents an unselected cropping frame. The settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will not be applied. Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into (Arrow) when it is positioned over a cropping frame.
In whole image view: Click and drag the mouse in a space outside the existing cropping frame to create a new cropping frame in the Preview area. The new cropping frame will be the active cropping frame, and the old cropping frame will be the unselected cropping frame. You can create multiple cropping frames and apply different scan settings to each cropping frame. You can also select multiple cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key.
In whole image view: To delete a cropping frame, select it and click Alternatively, press the Delete key. (Remove Cropping Frame) on the Toolbar. When there are multiple cropping frames, all the selected cropping frames (active cropping frame and selected cropping frames) are deleted simultaneously.
General Notes (Scanner Driver) ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it. Scanner Driver Restrictions • When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's administrator for help. • Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from standby mode.
• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not be scanned correctly. • When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer. • Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating system's virtual memory and retry.
Other Scanning Methods Scanning with WIA Driver 833
Scanning with WIA Driver You can scan an item from a WIA (Windows Image Acquisition)-compliant application. The procedure varies depending on the application. The following procedures are examples only. Refer to the application's manual for details. Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). Refer to the application's manual for details. • Follow these steps to enable scanning over a network. • Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8: 1.
Scanner The currently set product name is displayed. To change the scanner, click Change... and select the product you want to use. Profile Select Photo (Default) or Documents according to the type of item to be scanned. To save a new Profile, select Add profile.... You can specify the details in the Add New Profile dialog box. Source Select a scanner type. To scan from the platen, select Flatbed. To scan from the ADF, select Feeder (Scan one side). Paper size Select the paper size.
If there is document left in the ADF after previewing, press the OK button on the operation panel and remove the document. 5. Click Scan. Scanning starts, then the scanned image appears in the application. Scanning with WIA Driver 1.0 The following is an example of scanning using "Paint." 1. Place the item on the platen or ADF. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) 2. Click From scanner or camera from the File menu of Paint. (Select the command to scan an item in the application.
Resolution (DPI) Enter the resolution. Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi. Resolution Note • When using the scanner or printer with network connection, the following resolutions can be specified. 150 dpi / 300 dpi / 600 dpi Picture type Select the type of scan you want for your item. Reset Click to restore the original settings. Important • When using the scanner or printer with network connection, you cannot specify Brightness and Contrast. 5. Click Preview to preview the image.
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 allows you to select the scanners or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your computer or the operation panel. After installation, IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 appears in the notification area on the desktop. Important • If you cannot scan over a network, download and upgrade to the latest MP Drivers from our website.
About Displays the version information. In the displayed dialog box, you can change the language to be used in the application. The change will be reflected after restarting the computer. Exit Exits IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2; notification area on the desktop. (Enabled) or (Disabled) disappears from the Scan-from-PC Settings Screen Right-click the icon from the notification area on the desktop, then select Settings... to display the Scanfrom-PC Settings screen.
Important • When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel, Scanfrom-Operation-Panel Settings may appear in the Scan-from-PC Settings screen; however, the setting is not available. Note • If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then reopen it and try selecting again.
Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 from your computer. Important • You cannot scan over a network after uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2. • Log into a user account with administrator privilege. 1. Click Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features. 2. Select Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2, then click Uninstall/Change. Note • If the User Account Control screen appears, click Continue. 3.
Scanning Tips Resolution Data Formats Color Matching 842
Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and color. The density of these dots is called "resolution," and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains. The unit of resolution is dots per inch (dpi). Dpi is the number of dots per inch (2.5 cm). The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image; the lower the resolution (value), the less detail.
Important • If you double the resolution, the data size of the scanned image quadruples. If the file is too large, the processing speed will slow down significantly, and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory. Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image. Note • When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it, scan by setting a higher resolution than the recommended one above.
Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images. You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application. Available data formats vary by application and operating system (Windows or Mac OS). See below for the characteristics of each image data format. PNG (Standard File Extension: .png) A data format often used on websites. PNG is suitable for editing saved images. JPEG (Standard File Extension: .
Color Matching "Color Matching" is the act of making adjustments so that the color tones match between the original item, the monitor display, and the color printout. On your scanner or printer, the color tones are adjusted as shown below. Example: When sRGB is selected as the output profile (target): The image's color space is converted from the scanner's color space to sRGB by ScanGear.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Important • Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction. • Close the document cover when scanning.
Important Important • Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format. • For the portions in which items cannot be scanned, see Loading Originals. Placing Multiple Items: Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items.
Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds.
Network Scan Settings You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images into a specified computer. Important • Multiple users cannot scan at the same time. Note • Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand from the Setup CD-ROM or by following the instructions our website. • With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection. Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX". • Windows 7/Windows Vista: From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2. The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3. 2.
5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK. The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection. Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel. Important • Set IJ Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand. Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility 1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
Select the MAC address of your scanner or printer. Note • When multiple scanners are connected via a network, you can select up to three scanners. 5. In the Scan-from-PC Settings screen, click OK. Note • If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then reopen it and try selecting again.
Scanning from Computer (Mac OS) Using IJ Scan Utility Using Scanner Driver Scanning Tips Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Network Scan Settings 854
Scanning from Operation Panel Forwarding Scanned Data to Computer Using Operation Panel Basics Sending Scanned Data as E-Mail from Computer Sending Scanned Data as E-Mail from Machine Saving Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive Forwarding Scanned Data to Shared Folder on Computer Deleting Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel Setting Up Operation Panel with IJ Scan Utility (Windows) Setting Up Operation Panel with IJ Scan Utility (Mac OS) 855
Forwarding Scanned Data to Computer Using Operation Panel Before forwarding scanned data to the computer, check the following: • MP Drivers are installed. (Windows) If MP Drivers are not yet installed, install MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. • The scanner driver is installed. (Mac OS) If the scanner driver is not yet installed, install the scanner driver from the Canon website. • The printer is connected to a computer correctly.
3. Select PC and press OK button. 4. Select computer to forward scanned data and press OK button. Select Local (USB) for a USB-connected computer, or select the computer to forward the scanned data for a network-connected computer. The Scan standby screen is displayed. Note • When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 10, Windows 8.
Document Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings. Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings. 6. Press right Function button to adjust settings as necessary. Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel Note • Pressing the left Function button on the Scan standby screen allows you to register the current scan settings as a custom setting.
If you continue scanning, load the original on the platen glass and start scanning. If you do not continue scanning, press the left Function button. The scanned data is forwarded to the computer. Scanned data is forwarded to the computer according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility. Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete.
Sending Scanned Data as E-Mail from Computer Before attaching scanned data to an e-mail, check the following: • MP Drivers are installed. (Windows) If MP Drivers are not yet installed, install MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. • The scanner driver is installed. (Mac OS) If the scanner driver is not yet installed, install the scanner driver from the Canon website. • The printer is connected to a computer correctly.
3. Select Attach to E-mail and press OK button. 4. Select E-mail from PC and press OK button. 5. Select computer to forward scanned data and press OK button. Select Local (USB) for a USB-connected computer, or select the computer to forward the scanned data for a network-connected computer. The Scan standby screen is displayed. 6. Select document type. Document Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings.
Registering Favorite Settings (Custom profiles) 8. Load original document on platen glass or in ADF. 9. Press Color button for color scanning, or Black button for black & white scanning. Note • If the original is not loaded properly, a message is displayed on the LCD. Load the original on the platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings. • If you load the original in the ADF: The printer starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an email.
Sending Scanned Data as E-Mail from Machine Sending Scanned Data as E-Mail from Machine Registering Recipients' E-Mail Address Registering Recipients in Group E-Mail Changing Registered Information Deleting Registered Information Importing/Exporting E-Mail Address Book 863
Sending Scanned Data as E-Mail from Machine You can send scanned data as an e-mail from the printer. Before you use this function, check the following. • The printer is connected to a LAN. Make sure the printer is connected to a LAN correctly. • Mail server settings are completed using Remote UI. Setting Mail Server • Settings for sending scanned data as an e-mail are specified using Remote UI.
A. Select the recipient(s) from the address book. Press the OK button to display the address book and select the recipient(s). B. Enter recipient's e-mail address. Press the OK button to display the input screen and enter the address. C. Select the recipient(s) from the input log. Press the OK button to display the input log and select the recipient(s). 7. Perform mail sending settings. The screen below appears. A. Enter the subject. Press the OK button to display the input screen. B.
4. Press the OK button twice to change to Bcc (blind carbon copy). Note • To change Cc or Bcc to To, press the OK button, select Change to To, and then press the OK button again. C. Press the right Function button to complete specifying the recipient. D. Press the left Function button to add the recipient. 8. Select document type. Document Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings.
• If you load the original on the platen glass: ◦ When you select JPEG for Format on the scan setting screen, the printer starts scanning and scanned data is sent as an e-mail. ◦ When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen, the confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete. If you continue scanning, load the original on the platen glass and start scanning. If you do not continue scanning, press the left Function button.
Registering Recipients' E-Mail Address Before you can use the printer's address book, you need to register the recipients' e-mail address. Follow the procedure below to register the recipients' e-mail address. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Scan on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed. 3. Select Attach to E-mail and press OK button. 4. Select E-mail directly from device and press OK button. 5.
Note • If you already registered the recipients, the recipients' name is displayed next to the ID number. If icon and the group name are displayed next to the you already registered the group mail, the ID number. 7. Select unregistered ID number. Note • If you already registered the recipients and they are displayed by name, press the left Function button. The registered recipients are displayed by ID number.
1. Move cursor to entry field of name. 2. Enter recipient's name. 3. Press OK button. Note • You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces. Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols 11. Enter recipient's e-mail address. If you select an e-mail address on Select from send log, the e-mail address is already entered. If you do not change the e-mail address, go to next step. 1. Move cursor to entry field of e-mail address. 2. Enter recipient's mail address. 3. Press OK button.
Registering Recipients in Group E-Mail If you register two or more registered e-mail address to a group e-mail, you can send the same mail successively to all recipients registered to the group e-mail. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Scan on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed. 3. Select Attach to E-mail and press OK button. 4. Select E-mail directly from device and press OK button. 5.
Note • If you already registered the recipients, the recipients' name is displayed next to the ID number. If icon and the group name are displayed next to the you already registered the group mail, the ID number. 7. Select unregistered ID number. Note • If you already registered the recipients and they are displayed by name, press the left Function button. The registered recipients are displayed by ID number.
10. Register the registered recipient as a member of the group e-mail. 1. Make sure Member is displayed. 2. Press left Function button. The address book is displayed. 3. Choose member to register. Display by name Display by ID number By entering the initial letter using the Numeric buttons, the registered recipients are sorted by name. By entering the ID number using the Numeric buttons, the registered recipients are searched by ID number. Select a member and press the OK button.
Repeat the procedure to register another member to the same group e-mail. 11. Press OK button to finalize registration. Note • To register another group, select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure.
Changing Registered Information To change information registered for recipient and group e-mail, follow the procedure below. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Scan on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed. 3. Select Attach to E-mail and press OK button. 4. Select E-mail directly from device and press OK button. 5. Select Edit e-mail address book and press OK button. 6. Select Display e-mail address book and press OK button.
• To change a group e-mail: When you want to change the group name, move the cursor to the entry field of group name and change the group name. After pressing the OK button, the cursor moves to the list of the members. To register the changed group name, press the OK button again. When you want to add the member to group or delete from group, move the cursor to the list of the members and add the member or delete. After pressing the OK button, the changed group is registered.
Deleting Registered Information To delete information registered for recipient and group e-mail, follow the procedure below. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Scan on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed. 3. Select Attach to E-mail and press OK button. 4. Select E-mail directly from device and press OK button. 5. Select Edit e-mail address book and press OK button. 6. Select Display e-mail address book and press OK button.
Importing/Exporting E-Mail Address Book You can import an e-mail address book saved on a USB flash drive, or export the e-mail address book saved on the printer to a USB flash drive. Importing E-Mail Address Book Exporting E-Mail Address Book Importing E-Mail Address Book Follow the procedure below to import the e-mail address book. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Scan on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed. 3.
Exporting E-Mail Address Book Follow the procedure below to export the e-mail address book. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Scan on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed. 3. Insert USB flash drive into USB flash drive port. Note • To avoid overwriting the e-mail address book, you cannot save the book on a USB flash drive which already includes it. Delete the book from the USB flash drive or use the one which includes no book.
Saving Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive You can save scanned data on the USB flash drive directly. Important • Do not remove the USB flash drive from the printer under the following conditions: • While scanning is in progress • Before saving the scanned data • For safety reasons, we recommend backing up the scanned data saved on a USB flash drive to another media periodically to avoid unexpected accidents.
Document Scans the original on the platen glass or the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings. Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings. 7. Press the right Function button to adjust the settings as necessary. Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel Note • Pressing the left Function button on the Scan standby screen allows you to register the current scan settings as a custom setting.
• If you load the original on the platen glass: ◦ When you select JPEG for Format on the scan settings screen, the printer starts scanning and scanned data is saved on the USB flash drive. ◦ When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan settings screen, the confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete. If you continue scanning, load the original on the platen glass and start scanning.
Forwarding Scanned Data to Shared Folder on Computer Before forwarding scanned data on the shared folder on the computer, confirm the following: • MP Drivers and Canon Quick Utility Toolbox are installed. (Windows) If MP Drivers and Canon Quick Utility Toolbox are not yet installed, install them with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from our website. • The scanner driver and Canon Quick Utility Toolbox are installed.
4. Select folder to save scanned data and press OK button. Note • When you specify a PIN code for a registered folder, a screen asking you to enter a PIN code is displayed. Entering the PIN code allows you to assign the shared folder as the destination. 5. Select document type. Document Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings.
The printer starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the shared folder on the computer. ◦ If you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen: The confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete. If you continue scanning, load the original on the platen glass and start scanning. If you do not continue scanning, press the left Function button. The scanned data is forwarded to the shared folder on the computer in one PDF file.
Deleting Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive You can delete scanned data on the USB flash drive using the operation panel. 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2. Select Scan on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed. 3. Insert USB flash drive into USB flash drive port. 4. Select USB flash drive and press OK button.
When the format for PDF data is selected, only the first page of the PDF data is displayed on the LCD. 6. Select file to delete and press OK button. 7. Select Yes on confirmation screen and press OK button. The printer starts deleting the file.
Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel You can change the scan settings such as the scan size, resolution, or data format. When the Scan standby screen is displayed, press the right Function button to select the setting item. Use the button to select the setting item, use the button to specify the setting, and then press the OK button. Note • When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 10, Windows 8.
2. Format Select the data format of the scanned data. 3. Scan res (Scan resolution) Select the resolution for scanning. 4. Preview Select to preview the scanned data or not when saving the data on a USB flash drive or forwarding to a shared folder. 5. ADF orientation Select the orientation of the original document. This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc.type. 6.
Setting Up Operation Panel with IJ Scan Utility (Windows) IJ Scan Utility allows you to specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel. Note • The screens for scanning photos from the operation panel are used as examples in the following descriptions. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings.... The Settings dialog box appears. 3. Select a scan mode on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab.
Note • Refer to the following for details. Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog Box 4. Set Scan Options. 5. Specify the file name and other settings in Save Settings.
6. Select the application you want to start after scanning in Application Settings. 7. Click OK. The responses will be executed according to the specified settings when you start scanning from the operation panel.
Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet This machine supports the following scan functions. PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link is a web service provided by Canon. Save scanned images to data storage services through integration with various cloud services without using a computer.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • • • • Print images from a photo-sharing service Print documents from a data management service Save scanned images to a data management service. Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
Faxing Preparing for Faxing Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer Registering Recipients Receiving Faxes Other Useful Fax Functions Sending Faxes from Computer (Windows) Sending Faxes from Computer (Mac OS) 895
Preparing for Faxing Connect the printer to the telephone line and set up the printer before using the faxing functions. Then specify the basic setting such as sender information, date/time, and daylight saving time. Important • If the Power Disconnects: If there is a power failure or if you accidentally unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be reset. • The settings for user information and directory will be retained.
Connecting Telephone Line The connection method differs depending on your telephone line. • If you connect the printer to wall telephone line directly/If you connect the printer with the xDSL splitter: Basic Connection • If you connect the printer to another line such as an xDSL: Connecting Various Lines If the connection is incorrect, the printer cannot send/receive faxes. Connect the printer correctly. Important • Do not connect fax devices and/or telephones in parallel (US and Canada only).
Important • Be sure to connect the telephone line before the printer is turned on. If you connect the telephone line when the printer is turned on, turn the printer off and unplug the power cord. Wait for 1 minute, and then connect the telephone line and power plug. Note • Refer to Rear View for the position of the telephone line jack and the external device jack. • Before connecting a telephone or answering machine, remove the Telephone connector cap.
E. Telephone or answering machine F. WAN (Wide Area Network) port G. LAN (Local Area Network) port H. TEL port I. LINE port * Port configurations and names may vary depending on the product. Note • When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in Telephone line type. Setting Telephone Line Type • Connecting to an xDSL A. Analog Subscriber Line B. xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem) C. Computer D.
Setting Telephone Line Type Before using your printer, make sure you set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line. If you are unsure of your telephone line type, contact your telephone company. For xDSL or ISDN connections, contact the telephone company or service provider to confirm your line type. Note • Telephone line type will not appear in countries or regions where Rotary pulse is not supported. • You can print USER'S DATA LIST to check the current setting.
Setting Receive Mode Set the receiving operation (receiving mode). For details on how to set the receive mode: Setting Receive Mode You can select the appropriate mode. For details on the selectable receive mode: About Receive Mode For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode: Advanced Settings of Receive Mode Note • The receiving operation procedure varies depending on the selected receive mode.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode • For details on the receive mode: About Receive Mode • DRPD is available only in the US and Canada. • Network switch may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase. • Refer to Receiving Faxes for information on receiving faxes or the procedure for each receive mode. About Receive Mode You can select the receive mode suitable for your fax use conditions: whether you use a dedicated line for fax, etc.
◦ Manual/auto switch If you select ON, the printer automatically receives faxes after the external device rang a specified length of time. You can specify the length of time until automatic reception is started. ◦ User-friendly reception If you select ON, the printer automatically switches from telephone calling to fax reception by detecting the fax signal (CNG signal) when you lift the handset of the telephone or the answering machine answers.
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming. Setting DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only) If you have subscribed to a Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) service provided by your telephone company, your telephone company will assign two or more telephone numbers with distinctive ring patterns to your single telephone line, allowing you to have different numbers for fax calls and voice calls using only one telephone line.
9. Press Back button. The Receive mode settings screen is displayed. 10. Press OK button. The Function list screen is displayed.
Setting Sender Information You can set the sender information such as date/time, unit name, and unit fax/telephone number. About Sender Information Setting Date and Time Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time) Registering User Information About Sender Information If the unit name and unit fax/telephone number are registered, they are printed with date and time as sender information on the recipient's fax. A. Date and time of transmission B. Unit fax/telephone number C. Unit name D.
Setting Date and Time This section describes the procedure to set the date and time. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel 3. Select Device settings, and then press OK button. 4. Select Device user settings, and then press OK button. 5. Select Date/time setting, and then press OK button. 6. Set date and time. Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position, and then use the button to enter the date and time.
Important • Not all the latest information of all countries or regions is applied for Daylight saving time setting by default. You need to change the default setting according to the latest information of your country or region. Note • This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel 3. Select Device settings, and then press OK button. 4.
8. Set date and time when summer time ends. 1. Set date when summer time ends. Use the button to change the setting item, use the then use the OK button to confirm the selection. button to change the setting, and 2. Set time (in 24-hour format) when summer time ends. Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position, use the the time, and then press the OK button. Precede single digits with a zero. 9. Press HOME button to return to HOME screen.
Note • Before sending a fax, be sure to enter your name and fax/telephone number in Unit name and Unit TEL on the User information settings screen (for US only). 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel 3. Select Device settings, and then press OK button. 4. Select FAX settings, and then press OK button. 5. Select FAX user settings, and then press OK button. 6. Select User information settings, and then press OK button.
Note • You can enter the name up to 24 characters, including spaces. • For details on how to enter or delete characters: Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols 8. Enter unit fax/telephone number. 1. Move cursor to Unit TEL. 2. Enter unit fax/telephone number. Note • You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 20 digits, including spaces. • For details on how to enter or delete characters: Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols 9. Press OK button to finalize registration.
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number) Setting Items for Sending Faxes Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions 912
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number This section describes dialing and sending faxes directly by entering the fax/telephone numbers. Important • It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you send them after speaking on the telephone. Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2.
C. Entry field of fax/telephone numbers The entered numbers are displayed. D. Function list You can use the each fax function and change the setting for the fax. E. Redial Select to send faxes with redialing. Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number) F. On hook dial Select to send faxes with the on hook dial function. Using On Hook Dial Function G. Directory You can select a registered fax/telephone number. Sending Fax to Registered Recipient H. Current state The current state is displayed. I.
Left Function button: You can register the current print settings as a custom setting. Registering Favorite Settings (Custom profiles) 5. Press Color button for color transmission, or Black button for black & white transmission. The printer starts scanning the document. Important • Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing. • Do not open the document cover until scanning is completed. 6. Start sending.
• Do not unplug the power cord until all documents are sent. If you unplug the power cord, all unsent documents stored in the printer's memory are lost.
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number) There are two methods of redialing: Automatic redialing and Manual redialing. • Automatic Redialing If you send a document and the recipient's line is busy, the printer will redial the number after a specified interval. Automatic Redialing • Manual Redialing You can redial to the recipients dialed by entering the fax/telephone numbers.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Load documents on platen glass or in ADF. 3. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 4. Change send settings as necessary. Setting Items for Sending Faxes 5. Press right Function button. The Redial screen is displayed. 6. Select a recipient's number to redial, and then press OK button. 7. Press Color button for color transmission, or Black button for black & white transmission.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes You can change the send settings such as the scan contrast or the scan resolution on the Fax standby screen. Use the button to change the setting item and use the button to change the setting. • ScanRes. The following settings of the scan resolution are selectable. Standard Suitable for text-only documents. Fine Suitable for fine-print documents. Extra fine Suitable for detailed illustration or fine-print quality documents.
Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone Sending Fax to Registered Recipient Sending Same Document to Several Recipients (Sequential Broadcasting) Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes Using On Hook Dial Function 920
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone If you want to speak to the recipient before sending a fax, or if the recipient does not have a fax device that can receive faxes automatically, send a fax manually after speaking to the recipient on the telephone to check whether the recipient can receive faxes. Important • It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax/telephone numbers.
When you hear a high-pitched signal instead of the recipient's voice, you cannot check whether the recipient can receive faxes. If you want to stop sending the fax, replace the handset. If you want to send the fax, go to step 8. 8. Ask recipient to set recipient's fax device to receive faxes. 9. When you hear a high-pitched signal, press Color button or Black button. Press the Color button for color transmission, or the Black button for black & white transmission.
Sending Fax to Registered Recipient Registering recipient's fax/telephone number and name in the printer's directory enables you to send faxes easily. Important • It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you send them after speaking on the telephone.
By entering the initial letter using the Numeric buttons, By entering the ID number using the Numeric buttons, the registered recipients are sorted by name. the registered recipients are searched by ID number. Select a recipient, and then press the OK button. Select a recipient, and then press the OK button. The screen to select a operation for selected recipient appears. The screen to select a operation for selected recipient appears.
Sending Same Document to Several Recipients (Sequential Broadcasting) This printer allows you to prepare for sending the same document to a maximum of 101 recipients in one operation. The recipients can be specified by entering the fax/telephone numbers and selecting the registered recipients (the particular recipient's number and the group dial) in combination. The following number of recipients can be specified in combination.
Specify the first recipient with the one of the following methods. • By specifying with the recipient registered to the printer: Press the left Function button and specify the recipient. Sending Fax to Registered Recipient • By entering the fax/telephone numbers: Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient's fax/telephone number. Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number Note • If FAX number re-entry in Security control under FAX settings is set to ON, enter the number again.
A. You can add the recipient from the registered recipients by the left Function button. B. You can add the recipient by entering the fax/telephone numbers after pressing the center Function button if you specified a first recipient from the registered recipients. C. You can add the recipient by selecting a number from the outgoing call logs after pressing the right Function button if you specified a first recipient from the registered recipients. 3. Add a recipient.
When you press the Stop button, fax transmission to all the recipients specified will be canceled. You cannot cancel a fax transmission to only one recipient. • If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress, Document in ADF. Select to eject document. is displayed on the LCD. By pressing OK, the remaining documents are automatically ejected.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes This printer has two functions for preventing the mistransmission of faxes. • Sending faxes after entering the fax/telephone number twice This function requires you to re-enter the fax/telephone number after entering the number, so that the printer prevents you from misdialing.
Enter the recipient's fax/telephone number again. Sending Faxes after Checking Information (Checking Recipient's Information) Set Check RX FAX information to ON following the procedure below. Important • This function is not available when you send a fax manually. Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel 3. Select Device settings, and then press OK button. 4.
Using On Hook Dial Function Follow the procedure below to send faxes with the on hook dial function. Important • It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you send them after speaking on the telephone. Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone • With manual transmission, you cannot use the platen glass to load documents. Load the documents in the ADF.
• By entering the fax/telephone numbers: Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient's fax/telephone number. Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number • Manual redialing: Press the left Function button and select a number in the outgoing call logs. Manual Redialing 7. When you hear a high-pitched signal, press Color button or Black button. Press the Color button for color transmission, or the Black button for black & white transmission.
Registering Recipients Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows) Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS) 933
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer Registering recipients in the printer's directory in advance allows you to dial fax/telephone numbers simply. The following methods to register are available: • Recipient registration Registering the recipient's fax/telephone number and name allows you to send a fax by selecting a registered recipient in the printer directory.
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients Before you can use the printer's directory, you need to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers. Follow the procedure below to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 3. Select Function list, and then press OK button. The Function list screen is displayed. 4.
7. Select Recipient, and then press OK button. 8. Select a registration method, and then press OK button. 9. Register recipients' fax/telephone number. Register the recipients' fax/telephone number depending on the registration method selected. • Direct entry The screen to register the recipient's fax/telephone number and name is displayed. Go to next step.
Selecting a fax/telephone number or name and pressing the OK button, the screen to register the recipient's fax/telephone number and name is displayed. Go to next step. Note • This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase. 10. Enter recipient's name. If you select From incoming call log as a registration method, the recipient's name may be already entered. If you do not change the name, go to next step. 1. Move cursor to entry field of name. 2.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols • When Telephone line type in FAX user settings under FAX settings is set to Rotary pulse, you can enter a tone ("T") by pressing the Tone key. 12. Press OK button to finalize registration. Note • To register another recipient's number and name, select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure. • You can check the recipient's numbers and names you have registered by printing RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST.
Registering Recipients in Group Dial If you register two or more registered recipients to a group dial, you can send the same document successively to all recipients registered to the group dial. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 3. Select Function list, and then press OK button. The Function list screen is displayed. 4. Select TEL number registration, and then press OK button. 5.
7. Select Group dial, and then press OK button. The screen to register the group name and the member of the group is displayed. 8. Enter group name. 1. Move cursor to entry field of group name. 2. Enter group name. 3. Press OK button. Note • You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces. Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols 9. Register registered recipient as a member of group dial. 1. Make sure that Member is displayed. 2. Press left Function button.
By entering the initial letter using the Numeric buttons, the registered recipients are sorted by name. By entering the ID number using the Numeric buttons, the registered recipients are searched by ID number. Select a member, and then press the OK button. Select a member, and then press the OK button. Note • To switch the display by name and by ID number, press the left Function button. The selected member is added on the list.
Repeat the procedure to register another member to the same group dial. 10. Press OK button to finalize registration. Note • To register another group, select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure. • You can check the recipients you have registered to the group dial by printing GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO. LIST.
Changing Registered Information To change information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 3. Select Function list, and then press OK button. The Function list screen is displayed. 4. Select TEL number registration, and then press OK button. 5. Select Directory registration, and then press OK button. 6.
Deleting Registered Information To delete information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 3. Select Function list, and then press OK button. The Function list screen is displayed. 4. Select TEL number registration, and then press OK button. 5. Select Directory registration, and then press OK button. 6.
Printing List of Registered Destinations You can print a list of the fax/telephone numbers and can keep it near the printer to refer to when dialing. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 4. Select Function list, and then press OK button. The Function list screen is displayed. 5. Select Print reports/lists, and then press OK button. 6. Select Directory list, and then press OK button. 7.
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows) About Speed Dial Utility2 Speed Dial Utility2 is a utility for forwarding the telephone directory registered on the printer to a computer and registering/changing it on the computer. In addition, you can register the telephone directory edited on the computer to the printer. You can also save them on the computer as a backup. For safety reasons, it is recommended that you backup the registered data on the computer using Speed Dial Utility2.
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2 Important • Before starting up Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that the printer is connected to the computer correctly. • Do not plug in or unplug any cables while the printer is in operation, or when the computer is in sleep or standby mode. • If your printer is compatible with LAN connection, make sure that the printer is connected to the computer with LAN connection to use Speed Dial Utility2 via LAN connection.
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box The following items are on the Speed Dial Utility2 dialog box. 1. Printer Name: Selects the printer for editing the telephone directory using Speed Dial Utility2. Behind printer name, printer's MAC address is displayed. Note • For checking printer's MAC address, refer to "Checking Network Information" for your model from Home of the Online Manual.
Note • By clicking on the item name, you can sort the display order. 5. Edit.../Select All/Delete Edits the item that selected for Setting Item List:, or deletes the item, or selects all the items. When multiple items on the registered information list are selected, you cannot use the Edit... button. 6. Load from PC... Displays the telephone directory saved on the computer. 7. Instructions Displays this guide. 8. Exit Quits Speed Dial Utility2.
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer Follow the procedure below to save the telephone directory (includes recipients' name, recipients' fax/ telephone number, group dial, user's name, user's fax/telephone number, and rejected numbers) that registered on the printer to the computer. 1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2. 2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings. 3. Click Save to PC.... 4.
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2 Follow the procedure below to register fax/telephone numbers. Note Before you register fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations are in progress. 1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2. 2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings. 3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:. The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed. 4.
1. Enter group name. 2. Select a code you want to add to group dial, and then click Add >>. Note • You can only add the numbers that have already been registered. 6. Click OK. To continue registering fax/telephone numbers or a group dial, repeat steps 4 to 6. • To save the registered information on the computer. 1. Click Save to PC.... 2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save. • To register the registered information to the printer: 1. Click Register to Printer. 2.
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2 Follow the procedure below to change fax/telephone numbers. Note • Before you change fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations are in progress. 1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2. 2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings. 3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:. The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed. 4.
2. Add or delete a member to/from group dial. To add a member: Select a code to add to group dial, and then click Add >>. To delete a member: Select a code to delete from group dial, and then click << Delete. 5. Click OK. To continue changing fax/telephone numbers or group dials, repeat steps 4 and 5. • To save the edited information on the computer. 1. Click Save to PC.... 2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save. • To register the edited information to the printer: 1.
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2 Follow the procedure below to delete fax/telephone numbers. Note • Before you delete fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations are in progress. 1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2. 2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings. 3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:. The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed. 4.
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2 Follow the procedure below to change the user's name or fax/telephone number. 1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2. 2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings. 3. Click User Information Setting from Setting Item List:. The user's information is displayed. 4. Select an item to change, and then click Edit.... The User Information dialog box is displayed. 5.
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2 Follow the procedure below to register, change, or delete rejected numbers. 1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2. 2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings. 3. Click Rejected Number Setting from Setting Item List:. The list of rejected numbers is displayed. • To register a rejected number: 1. Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit.... 2.
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer You can load the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) and register it to your printer. The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer can be loaded and registered to your printer. Note • In Speed Dial Utility2, the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported using Speed Dial Utility can be loaded. 1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2. 2.
Receiving Faxes Receiving Faxes Changing Paper Settings Memory Reception Receiving Faxes Using Useful Functions 959
Receiving Faxes This section describes the preparation necessary for receiving a fax and how to receive a fax. Preparing for Receiving Fax Prepare for receiving a fax according to the following procedure. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 3. Check receive mode setting. Check the receive mode setting displayed on the Fax standby screen.
Note • For details on the receive mode: Setting Receive Mode • You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode. For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode: Advanced Settings of Receive Mode • If the printer was not able to print a received fax, the printer stores the unprinted fax temporarily in its memory (memory receiving).
• If you have subscribed to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the telephone will ring a specified number of times when there is an incoming call with a fax distinctive ring pattern. Then, the printer will switch to fax reception automatically without the handset being picked up. The number of times to ring the telephone until switching to fax reception can be changed. • Set the printer to enable you to initiate fax reception from a connected telephone (remote reception).
When FAX only mode is selected: • When the call is a fax: The printer will receive the fax automatically. Note • If a telephone is connected to the printer, the telephone will ring when a call incomes. • You can change the number of times to ring the telephone with Incoming ring in Advanced. When DRPD or Network switch is selected: • When the call is a fax: The telephone will ring when a call incomes. The printer will receive the fax automatically when the fax ring pattern is detected.
Note • To use this feature, you need to subscribe to a compatible service provided by your telephone company. • For DRPD You need to select the appropriate ring pattern on the printer. Setting DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only) • For Network switch The name of this service varies depending on the country or region of purchase. This setting may not be also available depending on the country or region of purchase.
Changing Paper Settings This printer prints received faxes to paper loaded in the printer beforehand. You can use the operation panel to change the paper settings for printing faxes. Make sure that the settings are appropriate for the loaded paper. Important • If the size of loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting, the received faxes are stored in the printer's memory and Check the page size and select . is displayed on the LCD.
A. Page size Select the page size from A4, Letter, or Legal. B. Type (Media type) The paper type is set to Plain paper. C. 2-sidedPrintSetting Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing. Two sided printing is available for black & white faxes. Color faxes are printed on the single-side of paper regardless of this setting. After 2-sided is selected for 2-sidedPrintSetting, press the right Function button to specify the stapling side.
Memory Reception If the printer was not able to print the received fax, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory. The FAX Memory lamp is lit and Received in memory. is displayed at the Fax standby screen. Important • If you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted. The next time you turn the printer on, press the OK button after a confirmation screen is displayed. The list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
Auto print settings ◦ Paper has run out: Load the paper and press the OK button. ◦ A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded: Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings, and then press OK button. • You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax: Press the HOME button and select FAX to resume printing of the fax. Note • The printer can store up to max. 250 pages* (max.
Receiving Faxes Using Useful Functions Saving Received Faxes Automatically on USB Flash Drive Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on Computer Remote Reception Rejecting Fax Reception Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls 969
Saving Received Faxes Automatically on USB Flash Drive You can save received faxes on a USB flash drive as PDF files automatically when receiving a fax. This section describes the procedure to enable the printer to save received faxes on a USB flash drive automatically. Important • Do not remove the USB flash drive from the printer when the printer is set to save received faxes on a USB flash drive automatically.
• If the USB flash drive is removed or becomes full while saving faxes is in progress, the error message is displayed on the LCD. Press the OK button to dismiss the error. • The folder and file name of faxes saved on the USB flash drive is as follows: • Folder name: CANON_SC\FAXDOC\0001 • File name (file extension: PDF): Running numbers, starting from FAX_0001 • File date: The date and time of saving as set in the printer.
Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on Computer You can forward received faxes to the shared folder on the computer as PDF files automatically. This section describes the procedure to enable the printer to forward received faxes to the shared folder on the computer automatically. Important • Do not disconnect the printer with the computer when the printer is set to forward received faxes to the shared folder on the computer automatically.
7. Select ON, and then press OK button. 8. Select Destination folder, and then press OK button. 9. Select a shared folder, and then press OK button. Note • When you specify a PIN code for a registered folder, a screen asking you to enter a PIN code is displayed. Entering the PIN code allows you to assign the shared folder as the destination. Note • You can forward up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file. • You can forward up to 2000 PDF files to the shared folder on the computer.
Remote Reception If the printer is located away from the telephone, pick up the handset of the telephone connected to the printer and dial 25 (the remote reception ID) to receive faxes (remote reception). • If you use a rotary pulse line, temporarily switch your telephone to tone dialing. For details on how to switch to tone dialing, refer to your telephone's instruction manual.
Rejecting Fax Reception You can set the printer to reject faxes with no sender information or those from specific senders. Select one of the following conditions to reject faxes. • Faxes with no caller identification. • Faxes from senders not registered in the printer's directory. • Faxes from senders registered in the printer as rejected numbers. Select a fax rejection condition following the procedure below. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen.
1. When confirmation screen to register rejected number is displayed, select Yes, and then press OK button. 2. Select a registration number, and then press OK button. 3. Select a registration method, and then press OK button. 4. Register rejected number. Register the rejected number depending on the registration method. • Direct entry When you select this registration method, the screen to register the fax/telephone number is displayed.
Select a fax/telephone number or a name, and then press the OK button. Note • This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase. Note • To register another rejected number, select another registration number, and then register the rejected number. You can register up to 10 rejected numbers. • You can print the list of rejected numbers (REJECTED NUMBER LIST). Summary of Reports and Lists • To change the registered rejected number: 1.
Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls If you subscribe to the Caller ID service, the printer detects the sender's Caller ID. If the sender's ID matches the condition specified in this setting, the printer rejects the phone call or fax reception from the sender. Note • This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase. Contact your telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service. Specify the setting following the procedure below. 1.
Note • Even if you select Reject, the printer rings once. (The printer may not ring depending on the country or region of purchase.
Other Useful Fax Functions Using Information Services Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM Document Stored in Printer's Memory Summary of Reports and Lists 980
Using Information Services You can use various information services such as provided by banks, and make airline reservations or hotel reservations. Since these services require tone dialing to use their services, you need to temporarily switch to tone dialing if your printer is connected to a rotary pulse line. Using Touch Tone Line Using Rotary Pulse Line Important • You may need to contract with the service providers for some information services. For details, contact the service providers.
6. Hang up handset to finish using service. Using Rotary Pulse Line • Dialing by Using the On Hook Dial Function Note • You can use the on hook dial function only when Hook key setting in Security control under FAX settings is set to Enable. Security control 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 3. Press center Function button. 4. Use Numeric buttons to dial number of information service. 5.
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM This printer is set to send/receive faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM). If the recipient's fax device is compatible with ECM, ECM automatically corrects errors and resends the fax. Note • If the sender's or recipient's fax device is not compatible with ECM, the fax will be sent/received without automatic error correction. • To receive color faxes, make sure that ECM RX in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings is set to ON.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory If the sending faxes is not complete or the printer was not able to print the received faxes, these faxes are stored in the printer's memory. If an error occurred during a fax transmission, the document is not stored in the printer's memory. In the following cases, the printer is not able to print the received fax and will automatically store the fax in its memory. • • • • • The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax. Paper has run out.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory You can print a specified document in the printer's memory or print all the received documents in its memory at a time. When printing a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 4.
A. Date and time of transaction and fax/telephone number B. Transaction number (TX/RX NO.) A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent. A transaction number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received. C. Color information Color is displayed for color transmission/reception. Nothing is displayed for black & white transmission/reception.
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory You can delete a specified document in the printer's memory or delete all the documents in its memory at a time. Note • When deleting a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first. Printing Document in Printer's Memory 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Select FAX on HOME screen.
A. Date and time of transaction and fax/telephone number B. Transaction number (TX/RX NO.) A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent. A transaction number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received. C. Color information Color is displayed for color transmission/reception. Nothing is displayed for black & white transmission/reception. After selecting the document to print and pressing the OK button, the confirmation screen is displayed.
Saving Document in Printer's Memory to USB Flash Drive You can save the received faxes stored in the printer's memory to the USB flash drive as PDF files LCD and Operation Panel of the printer. You can save a specified document in the printer's memory to the USB flash drive or save all the documents in its memory to the USB flash drive at a time. Important • Do not remove the USB flash drive from the printer until saving is complete.
• To specify a document to save on the USB flash drive: If you select Save specified document, you can specify the document to save on the USB flash drive. When the Specify the storage medium screen is displayed, select USB flash drive and press the OK button. The document selection screen is displayed. Note • If the specified document is not stored in the printer's memory, There is no document that can be saved. is displayed. Press the OK button to return to the previous screen. A.
• File date: The date and time of saving as set in the printer.
Forwarding Document in Printer's Memory to Shared Folder on Computer You can forward the received faxes stored in the printer's memory to the shared folder on the computer as PDF files LCD and Operation Panel of the printer. You can forward a specified document in the printer's memory to the shared folder on the computer or forward all the documents in its memory to the shared folder on the computer at a time.
5. Select Memory reference, and then press OK button. Note • If no document is stored in the printer's memory, There is no document in memory. is displayed. Press the OK button to return to the previous screen. 6. Select a forward menu, and then press OK button. • To specify a document to forward to the shared folder on the computer: If you select Save specified document, you can specify the document to forward to the shared folder on the computer.
If you select Save all RX documents, you can forward all documents to the shared folder on the computer. When the confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes and press the OK button. When the Specify the storage medium screen is displayed, select Destination folder and press the OK button. When the Select folder screen is displayed, select a destination folder, and then press the OK button. All documents are forwarded to the shared folder on the computer.
Summary of Reports and Lists The printer prints the report of sending or receiving a fax automatically. You can print the list of the fax/ telephone number or the current settings. Type of Reports and Lists Printing Report or List Type of Reports and Lists Report or List Description ACTIVITY REPORT Shows recent fax transactions at sight. • You can print ACTIVITY REPORT manually. For details on the procedure to print, see Printing Report or List.
• At the time of purchase, ERROR TX REPORT is set to be printed only when a transmission error occurred. You can set the printer to print TX REPORT each time it sends a document, or disable printing of the report by selecting TX report in Auto print settings under FAX settings. You can also specify the print setting so that the first page of the fax is printed along with the report. Auto print settings Note • The first page of the fax is not printed in color transmission.
Note • CALLER HISTORY may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase. 1. Make sure that printer is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Select FAX on HOME screen. Using the Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed. 4. Select Function list, and then press OK button. The Function list screen is displayed. 5. Select Print reports/lists, and then press OK button. 6. Select report or list you want to print, and then press OK button to start printing.
#003 Document is too long. You attempted to send a document longer than 15.75 inches / 400 mm. You cannot send a document longer than 15.75 inches / 400 mm from the ADF. "#003" is also printed if it takes time to send a page. Divide the document or set the image quality (Fax resolution) to a lower setting, and then resend it. #005 No answer. The recipient's fax device does not respond. Contact the recipient and have the recipient check that the telephone line is connected correctly.
cord before automatic redialing is complete, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted and not sent. Resend the document. Errors When You Receive Fax If an error occurs when you receive a fax, the error number is printed on RX REPORT or ACTIVITY REPORT (there are some errors for which the cause is also printed). The causes corresponding to the error numbers are as follows. No. Cause Action #003 It takes too long to receive a page.
Sending Faxes from Computer (Windows) Sending a FAX (Fax Driver) Basic Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver) Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver) Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver) Cannot Send Faxes from Computer How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver General Notes (Fax Driver) 1000
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver) You can send faxes using the fax driver from applications that support document printing. Note • Only black and white transmission is supported. 1. Make sure that the machine is turned on. 2. Open the document you want to fax with an application (such as Notepad), and then click the Print command. (The command is Print... on the File menu.) 3. In Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box, select Canon XXX series FAX (where "XXX" is the model name). 4. Click Print or OK.
6. Select a recipient from Recipient Name in the Select Recipient from Address Book dialog box, then click Set as Recipient. The selected recipient is reflected in Recipient in the Send FAX dialog box. Important • You cannot specify a recipient if there is no recipient registered in the address book. Register the recipient in the address book and reopen the address book. For details on how to register recipients in the address book, see "Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver).
Note • You can also specify Recipient by entering the Recipient Name and Fax Number in Direct Entry in the Send FAX dialog box and then clicking Set as Recipient. • For details on valid characters, see "General Notes (Fax Driver)." • You can send faxes even if only the Fax Number is entered. • You can register the recipient you entered to the address book by clicking Add to Address Book.... For details on how to register recipients in the address book, see "Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver).
Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver) By using the address book, you can send a fax by simply specifying a recipient from it. You can register the recipient's name, fax number and other information in the address book. Registering a recipient (WAB contact) in the address book You can register an individual recipient (Contact) in the address book. 1. Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver. 2. Click Address Book... in the displayed dialog box.
4. Select Contact in the New Entry dialog box, then click OK. Note • For faxing, you can only specify the Contact (one recipient). You cannot specify a Distribution List. 5. On Name and E-mail tab of Properties dialog box, enter First and Last. The recipient's name will be printed at the top of the fax received by the recipient.
6. Enter the fax number on the Home or Work tab, then click OK. An individual recipient (Contact) is registered in the address book. Note • You can also register a recipient by clicking the Add to Address Book... button on the Send FAX dialog box after entering the recipient. • Add the outside line access number before the fax number as needed. (Example: When the outside line access number is "0" and the fax number is "XXX-XXXX", enter "0XXX-XXXX".
1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Appearance and Personalization > Folder Options. 2. Click the View tab of the Folder Options dialog box, select Show hidden files and folders in Advanced settings, then click OK. 3. From the Start menu, select XXXX (user name), then double-click AppData > Roaming > Canon > MP5 to open the folder. 4. Double-click the ".wab" file. The address book will be reflected in Windows Vista automatically.
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver) You can change the recipients' names, fax numbers and other information, or delete recipients registered in the address book. Editing Recipients in an address book 1. Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver. 2. Click Address Book... in the displayed dialog box. 3. Select the recipient you want to edit from the Address Book dialog box, then click Properties.... 4.
Removing Recipients from an address book 1. Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver. 2. Click Address Book... in the displayed dialog box. 3. Select the recipient you want to delete from the Address Book dialog box, then click Delete.
4. When a confirmation message is displayed, click Yes.
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver) You can search for recipients registered in the address book by name. 1. Open the document you want to fax with an application (such as Notepad), and then click the Print command. (The command is Print... on the File menu.) 2. In Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box, select Canon XXX series FAX (where "XXX" is the model name). 3. Click Print or OK. * Print dialog box in Notepad 4. Click Display Address Book...
5. Enter the name of the recipient you want to search for in Search by Recipient in the Select Recipient from Address Book dialog box. If the entered name is found, the recipient will be displayed in the contact list with its name selected. While the name is selected, click Set as Recipient to enter it as the recipient. Important • You cannot search by criteria other than name.
Cannot Send Faxes from Computer Check 1 Is the power turned on? You cannot send faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on. If you disconnected the power cord without turning off the power (one of the buttons on the operation panel is lit), reconnecting it turns on the power. If you disconnected the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (no buttons on the operation panel are lit), reconnect it, then press the ON button to turn on the power.
Note • For details on how to change the recipients registered in the address book, see "Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)." Check 6 Does an error occur during transmission? Check if a message is displayed in the computer screen. If displayed, check the message, then resolve the error. Check 7 Does a printer error occur? Check if a message is displayed on the LCD monitor. If a support code is displayed, see "Support Code List" for your model from Home of the Online Manual.
How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver The following explains how to display the print settings dialog box or the Properties dialog box of the fax driver from your application or from the fax/printer icon. Opening the Print Settings Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from an Application 1. Click the Print command in the application. In general, you can open the Print dialog box by selecting Print from the File menu. 2. Select "your model name," then click Preferences (or Properties).
Opening the Properties Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from the Fax/Printer Icon • Windows 8.1/Windows 8: 1. Click the Settings charm > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers. 2. Right-click the Canon XXX series Printer icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and select Printer Properties, then Canon XXX series FAX. (Where "XXX" is the model name.) • Windows 7: 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers. 2.
General Notes (Fax Driver) This fax driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the fax driver. • The fax driver may not work correctly when sending a Microsoft Excel 2002 document as a fax with the Allow A4/Letter Paper Resizing option checked in Microsoft Excel 2002. Follow the instructions below to solve the problem: 1. Click Options... from the Tools menu. 2. Uncheck the Allow A4/Letter Paper Resizing option on the International tab.
Sending Faxes from Computer (Mac OS) Sending a Fax General Notes 1018
Sending a Fax You can send the faxes using the printer from Mac. To sending the fax from Mac, add your printer as AirPrint printer to Mac. Checking Your Environment First, check your environment. • AirPrint Operation Environment Mac running the latest version of Mac OS • Requirement Mac and the printer must be connected to the same network over a LAN. Adding Printer as AirPrint Printer to Your Mac 1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan) on your Mac. 2.
5. Specify fax paper settings as needed. 6. Enter fax/telephone numbers in To:.
Enter the dialing prefix and specify the cover page settings as needed. 7. Select Fax. The printer dials automatically and sends the fax. Note • To cancel sending the fax, press the printer's Stop button. Automatic Redialing The printer redials automatically according to the automatic redialing setting of the printer. You can enable or disable automatic redialing.
General Notes Sending faxes from Mac is subject to the following restrictions. • Enter the characters in To: and Dialing Prefix: so that the total number of characters is within 60 characters. If the total number of characters exceeds 60, the printer dials only the first 60 characters. • You can use the following characters for To:. Character Explanation 0-9*# For use in telephone and fax numbers. + space To make the number easier to read.You cannot insert a space at the front of a number.
Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions • Cannot Find Machine on Network • Cannot Find Machine while Using Wireless LAN • Printing Does Not Start • • • • • • • • • • Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear An Error Occurs Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Message Appears Cannot Install MP Drivers Network Key Unknown Paper Jams Cannot Send a Fax Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax List of Support Code for Error Examples of Problems Printer Does Not Move • • • • • • •
Print/Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory • Printing Does Not Start • Printing Is Slow • Copying/Printing Stops • Print Results Are Unsatisfactory • No Ink Comes Out • Paper Jams • Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error • Automatic Duplex Printing Problems • Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows) • Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Mac OS) Error or Message Appears • • • • • • • • • • An Error Occurs LCD Is Off LCD Shows Wrong Language Message Appears List of Support Code for Error A Message for Faxin
Network Communication Problems Cannot Find Machine on Network Network Connection Problems Other Network Problems 1025
Cannot Find Machine on Network While performing printer setup: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen Cannot Find Machine after Searching it on Printer Detection Screen During Setup Searching Machine by IP Address or Host Name During Setup (Windows) Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen While using printer: Cannot Find Machine while Using Wireless LAN 1026
Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen • For Windows: If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen, click Redetect and search for the printer again by the IP address on the Search for Printers screen. If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.
Check 1: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on? Make sure the printer is turned on. Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on. If printer or network device is off: Turn on printer or network device. It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Check 2: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup Is printer set to allow wireless communication? Make sure the or icon is displayed on the LCD. If icon is not displayed: • For Windows: The printer is not set to allow wireless communication. Click Wireless LAN Setup Information on the Check Printer Settings screen to check the status and turn on wireless communication on the printer. • For Mac OS: The printer is not set to allow wireless communication.
Check 3: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup Is printer connected to wireless router? Use the icon on the LCD to make sure the printer is connected to the wireless router. If icon is displayed: • Checking wireless router location After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed far away from the wireless router. The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router indoors.
For more on the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. After taking measures above, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer. If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication. If the printer cannot be detected, the printer is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the printer to the wireless router.
Check 4: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup Is printer's IP address specified correctly? If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's IP address is not used for another device. To check the printer's IP address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it. • Display on the LCD. LAN settings • Print the network settings.
Check 5: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup Disable block in firewall function temporarily. The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between the printer and your computer. Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or the message shown on your computer and disable block temporarily.
Check 6: Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup Check wireless router settings. Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, and DHCP function. Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the wireless router and the printer. To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
Cannot Find Machine after Searching it on Printer Detection Screen During Setup • For Windows: The printer could not be detected with the current setup method. Select Set up the network connection according to the guide radio button and click Next. The screen to show another setup method is displayed. Perform setup following the instructions on the screen. Note • You can search for printers by an IP address or host name.
Perform setup following the instructions on the screen.
Searching Machine by IP Address or Host Name During Setup (Windows) If the printer cannot be found on the Select Printer screen, search for the printer by an IP address or host name. Select Specify the IP address and run the search radio button and click Next. The screen to select searching criteria appears. 1. Check printer's IP address or host name. To check the printer's IP Address or host name, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it. • Display on the LCD.
Select to search for printers by IPv6 address. 3. Search by host name Select to search for printers by host name. A host name is referred to as LLMNR host name or Bonjour name. 3. Enter IP address or host name and click Next. Printer search starts. If an error screen appears: Resolve the error according to the instruction on the screen. If the IP address you entered is already used for another device, follow the procedure below to specify printer's IP address. 1. Select Setup on HOME screen.
If you specify IPv6 address: 1. Select IPv6 and press OK button. 2. Select Yes on displayed screen and press OK button. 3. Select Enable/disable IPv6 and press OK button. 4. Select Enable and press OK button. The IPv6 address has been specified. Important • If firewall is enabled on the computer, printers on a different subnet may not be detected. Disable firewall.
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen or the Connect Cable screen, check the following. Check1 Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer. Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the back of the printer. Check the items below only if you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen.
1. Click Start Over. 2. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup. ◦ If the Connection failed. screen appears: 1. Click Next. 2. Click Next on displayed screen. 3. Click Back to Top on Select Printer screen. 4. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup. 3. Turn off printer. 4. Restart computer. 5. Make sure you have no application software running. 6. Redo setup according to instructions on Canon website. Note • You can use the Setup CD-ROM to redo setup. • For Mac OS: 1. Click Next. 2.
Cannot Find Machine while Using Wireless LAN Check1 Make sure the printer is turned on. Check2 Is icon displayed on LCD? If the icon is not displayed, select Activate wireless LAN on Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings. Check3 Make sure printer setup is complete. If it is not, perform setup. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website. Check4 Look for printer again.
Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
Network Connection Problems Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Network Key Unknown Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings Printing Is Slow Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows) 1044
Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Cannot Communicate with Printer Following Network Settings Change Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with Printer Using Direct Connection Cannot Print, Scan, or Fax from a Computer Connected to the Network Cannot Communicate with Printer Following Network Settings Change It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary. Check4 • For Windows: Checking Wireless Network Status • For Mac OS: Monitoring Wireless Network Status Check5 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router. For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or contact its manufacturer. Check6 Make sure you are using a valid channel.
Cannot Communicate with Printer Using Direct Connection Check1 Make sure the printer is turned on. Check2 Is the icon displayed on the LCD? If the icon is not displayed, select Activate direct connect. on Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings. Check3 Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or tablet). Select the identifier for direct connection (SSID) specified for the printer as the connection destination for devices.
Cannot Print, Scan, or Fax from a Computer Connected to the Network Check1 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router. For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or contact its manufacturer. Check2 If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. • For Windows: Install the MP Drivers using the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Install the MP Drivers from the Canon website.
Network Key Unknown WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect Setting an Encryption Key WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
To communicate with a wireless router that uses automatically generated WEP keys, you must set the printer to use the key generated by the wireless router, entering it in hexadecimal format. ◦ For Windows: When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Protocol Settings (Wireless LAN) screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set the WEP key length, format, and the number. For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Initialize the printer settings. Select Reset all to restore administrator password to default. Reset setting After initializing the printer settings, redo setup. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website.
Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website. If this does not solve the problem, see below.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set for the printer.
Printing Is Slow Check1 Printer may be printing or scanning a large job from another computer. Check2 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router. Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete.
Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device Check1 Is your device connected to printer using direct connection? If your device is connected to the printer using direct connection, you cannot access to the Internet. Turn off direct connection and connect your device to the wireless router. For details, see the instruction manual provided with your device and wireless router.
Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows) Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication. Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver.
Other Network Problems Message Appears on Computer During Setup Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows) Checking Network Information Restoring to Factory Defaults 1057
Message Appears on Computer During Setup Screen to Enter Password Appears During Setup Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Wireless Router Selected "You have connected the printer to the non encrypted wireless network" Appears Screen to Enter Password Appears During Setup The following screen appears if the printer is set up for use with a network and an administrator password has been set. • For Windows: • For Mac OS: Enter the administrator password set for the printer.
Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Wireless Router Selected This screen appears automatically if the selected wireless router is encrypted. Set the same encryption settings as those set for the wireless router. • For Windows: For more on encryption settings, see Performing/Changing Wireless LAN Settings. • For Mac OS: For more on encryption settings, see Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet.
Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows) When IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is enabled, it periodically transmits packets to check communication with the printer over the network. If you are using your computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up the printer, disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2. icon on the notification area on the To disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2, right-click the desktop and select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
Checking Network Information Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router Checking Network Setting Information Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it. • Display on the LCD. LAN settings • Print the network settings.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a network, the IP address does not appear. • For Mac OS: 1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network. 2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced. Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface. 3. Check the IP address or MAC address. Click TCP/IP to check the IP address. Click Hardware to check the MAC address.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected. 4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network address to ping. 5. Click Ping. "XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device. A message such as the following appears. 64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms 64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms 64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms --- XXX.XXX.XXX.
Restoring to Factory Defaults Important • For Windows: Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing, scanning, or faxing operation from a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults, use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup.
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet 1065
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer. Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Make sure the network settings of your smartphone/tablet (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical with those of the wireless router. To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it. If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router. Check5 Make sure printer is not too far away from wireless router.
Check6 Make sure printer is not too far away. Locate your smartphone/tablet close enough to communicate with the printer. Check7 Check for obstructions. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Move the printer as necessary. Check8 Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby. If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference.
Printing Problems Printing Does Not Start Paper Jams Print Results Are Unsatisfactory No Ink Comes Out Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Copying/Printing Stops Cannot Print Using AirPrint 1069
Printing Does Not Start Check1 Make sure printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn it on. The POWER lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit. Note • If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The POWER lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check5 If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs. • For Windows: Deleting the Undesired Print Job • For Mac OS: Deleting the Undesired Print Job Check6 Is your printer's printer driver is selected when printing? The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer. • For Windows: Make sure "Canon XXX series Printer" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select My Printer on Start screen to start My Printer. If My Printer is not displayed on Start screen, select Search charm, and then search for "My Printer". Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to set the correct printer port, and then select your printer's name.
Paper Jams When paper jams, a troubleshooting message appears automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message. • When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on Computer Screen: ◦ For Windows: ◦ For Mac OS: * The screen differs depending on the OS you are using.
• When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on LCD: To remove the jammed paper, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). Note • You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, check the paper and print quality settings first. Check1 Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper? If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result. If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the printout color.
Back of Paper Is Smudged Uneven or Streaked Colors 1076
Cannot Complete Printing Check1 Select setting not to compress printing data. (Windows) If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved. Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK. * Clear the check box once printing is complete.
Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows) Check Are you using automatic duplex printing? If you are using automatic duplex printing, the printable area at the top of the page will be 0.08 inches / 2 mm shorter than usual. Therefore, the bottom of the page may not be printed. To prevent this, set reduced printing on the printer driver. Important • Reducing the printing size may affect the layout of your document.
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong 1079
White Streaks Appear Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out. Replacing Ink Tanks Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as print head cleaning. Check3 Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
• When copying, see also the sections below: Check5 Is platen glass or glass of ADF dirty? Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF. Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Note • If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below. Check6 Make sure original is loaded correctly on platen glass or in ADF.
Lines Are Misaligned Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Perform print head alignment. If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position. Aligning the Print Head Note • If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment manually. See Aligning the Print Head Manually. Check3 Increase print quality and try printing again.
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Check1 Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function? When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening the lines in the document. Check2 Is print data extremely large? Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears. * This may reduce print quality.
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Check1 Select setting not to compress printing data. If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved. Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK. * Clear the check box once printing is complete.
Ink Blots / Paper Curl Ink Blots Paper Curl Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 If intensity is set high, reduce intensity setting and try printing again. If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy, causing paper abrasion. • Printing from your computer Check the intensity setting in the printer driver.
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged Smudged Edges Smudged Surface Printed Surface Is Scratched Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Check paper type. Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. Supported Media Types Check3 Correct curl before loading paper. When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is.
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below. 2. Check that paper is now flat. We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time. Note • Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward. Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 inch / 3 mm (B) in height before printing. This may improve the print result.
◦ For Mac OS: In the Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu, select Prevent paper abrasion check box, and then click Apply. To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility, see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility. If intensity is set high, reduce intensity setting and try printing again. Check5 If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy, causing paper abrasion.
Check9 Is inside of printer dirty? During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout. Perform the bottom plate cleaning to clean the inside of the printer. Cleaning Inside the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Note • To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size. Check10 Set longer ink drying time. This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches. • For Windows: 1. Make sure printer is turned on. 2.
Back of Paper Is Smudged Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer. Cleaning Inside the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Note • During duplex printing or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer.
Uneven or Streaked Colors Uneven Colors Streaked Colors Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as print head cleaning. Check2 Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again. • If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice: Perform print head deep cleaning. If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it.
No Ink Comes Out Check1 Has ink run out? Check the support code on the LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the error. List of Support Code for Error Check2 Are print head nozzles clogged? Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven.
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Check1 Make sure paper is loaded. Loading Paper Check2 When loading paper, consider the following. • When loading two or more sheets of paper, flip through the paper before loading it. In addition, when you load paper with some paper remaining in the cassette, flip through the remaining paper and the newly loaded paper before loading. • When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
• When printing on envelopes, see Loading Paper, and prepare the envelopes before printing. Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation, they will not feed properly. Check5 Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper. Check6 Clean paper feed roller. Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers Note • Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Is automatic duplex printing selected? Check1 • For Windows: Make sure Duplex Printing and Automatic check boxes are selected on Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window. Duplex Printing • For Mac OS: Make sure Two-Sided check box is selected on the Print dialog. Duplex Printing Check2 Make sure loaded paper size is suitable for automatic duplex printing. The paper sizes suitable for automatic two-sided printing are A4 and Letter.
Note • For Windows: To switch to manual duplex printing, follow the procedure below. Open the printer driver setup window, clear Automatic check box on Page Setup sheet, and reprint. When performing manual duplex printing, note the following. • If you are printing three or more pages of a document with manual duplex printing, one side of each sheet is printed first. Turn over and reload the paper to print the reverse sides. Do not change the order of the sheets.
Copying/Printing Stops Check1 Is paper loaded? Make sure paper is loaded. If necessary, load paper. Check2 Do documents to be printed have many photographs or illustrations? It takes time for the printer and the computer to process large data such as photos or other graphics, so it may seem that the printer is not working. Also, if you are printing data that requires a lot of ink on successive sheets of plain paper, the printer may pause temporarily. In either case, wait until the process is complete.
Cannot Print Using AirPrint Check1 Make sure printer is turned on. If the printer is turned on, turn it off and back on, and then check whether the issue is resolved. Make sure printer is connected by LAN to same network subnet as AirPrint compliant device when printing over LAN. Check2 Check3 Make sure printer has enough paper and ink. Check4 Make sure no error message is displayed on printer's LCD.
Scanning Problems (Windows) Scanning Problems Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Software Problems IJ Scan Utility Error Messages ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages 1100
Scanning Problems Scanner Does Not Work ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Slow Scanning Speed "There is not enough memory.
Scanner Does Not Work Check 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. Check 2 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer. If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer. Check 3 Check 4 Restart the computer.
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Check 1 Make sure that MP Drivers is installed. If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website. Check 2 Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu. Important • If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA. Note • The operation may differ depending on the application. • Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear Check 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. Turn off your scanner or printer, then reconnect the USB cable and replug the power cord. Check 2 Check 3 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer. If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer. Check 4 Check 5 Make sure that MP Drivers is installed.
Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Check 1 Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Check 2 Check if you can properly scan one item. Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.
Slow Scanning Speed Check 1 To view the image on a monitor, set the output resolution to around 150 dpi. To print, set it to around 300 dpi. Resolution Check 2 Set Fading Correction, Grain Correction, etc. to None. Refer to "Image Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. In IJ Scan Utility, deselect the Correct slanted text document / Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again.
"There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed Check 1 Exit other applications and try again. Check 2 Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again.
Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Check 1 Restart the computer, reduce the output resolution in ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. Refer to "Output Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. Check 2 Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space, then scan again. Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save, when the image size is too large (such as when scanning a large item at high resolution).
Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows Check Disconnect the USB cable, then uninstall (delete) and reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility. Step 1: Uninstall MP Drivers. For how to delete MP Drivers, see Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers. Step 2: Uninstall IJ Scan Utility. 1. Click Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features. 2. Select Canon IJ Scan Utility and click Uninstall/Change. 3. When a confirmation appears, click Yes. 4. When uninstallation is complete, click OK.
Scanned Image Does Not Open Check If the data format is not supported by the application, scan the image again and select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it. Refer to the application's manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the application.
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Moire Appears in Scan Results Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Original Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor 1111
Moire Appears in Scan Results Check 1 Increase the scanning resolution. Resolution Check 2 Take the following measures and scan again. • Set one of the following settings in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box, Settings (OCR) dialog box or Settings (E-mail) dialog box of IJ Scan Utility, then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor Check 1 If the image is jagged, increase the scanning resolution, or select TIFF or PNG in Data Format of the Settings dialog box. Resolution Settings Dialog Box Check 2 Set the display size to 100 %. Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small. Check 3 If moire (stripe pattern) appears, take the following measures and scan again.
If the color tone of images is different from the original document, take the following measures and scan again. Check 7 • On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear, set Image Adjustment in Image Settings to None. Refer to "Image Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. • On the Color Settings tab in the Preferences dialog box of ScanGear, set Color Matching. Refer to "Color Settings Tab" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Check Specify the scan area. Click (Auto Crop) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) to automatically display the cropping frame (scan area) according to the item size. You can also manually specify the scan area in thumbnail view or when there are white margins along the item (for example, in photos), or when you want to create custom cropping frames.
Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Check Make sure that the items are placed correctly.
Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Check 1 Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Check 2 Check that the settings match the item to be scanned. If you cannot scan properly by automatically detecting the item type, specify the item type and size.
Original Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Check When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source, deselect the Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again.
Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor Check 1 Change the display setting in the application. Refer to the application's manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the application. Note • You cannot reduce the image size in Paint. To reduce the display size, open the images in an application. Check 2 Change the resolution setting in ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. The higher the resolution, the larger the resulting image will be.
Software Problems The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client 1120
The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client Check Check that the e-mail client's MAPI is enabled. Refer to the e-mail client's manual for how to set MAPI. If the problem is not solved even when MAPI is enabled, select None (Attach Manually) in the screen for selecting an e-mail client, then manually attach the image to the outgoing e-mail.
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages If an error message for IJ Scan Utility appears, check the error code and follow the corresponding solution. Error Code Error Message Solution 152 There is not enough memory. Exit other applications to increase available memory. • The memory required to start IJ Scan Utility cannot be obtained; exit other applications. 153 The image you attempted to scan is in a size that cannot be opened in the specified application.
in the corresponding Settings dialog box. 243 Cannot read file. • Check the access permission on the folder in Folder to Save Temporary Files in the Settings (General Settings) dialog box or Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box. 244 You do not have the required privileges to access the specified folder. • Grant access permission to the specified folder. 245 Text could not be detected. Make sure that the following conditions do not apply.
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages If an error message for ScanGear (scanner driver) appears, check the error code and follow the corresponding solution. Error Code 1 4 10 Error Message Solution Error in scanner. Turn off scanner and follow instructions in User's Guide. Scanner driver will be closed. 122 151 • Make sure that your scanner or printer and the computer are connected correctly. • Delete MP Drivers, then reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CDROM or our website.
Please check and try again. Click [Scanner Selection] if you want to select another scanner. Scanner driver will be closed. 152 Running out of memory. Increase available memory. Scanner driver will be closed. • The memory required to start ScanGear (scanner driver) cannot be obtained; exit other applications. 201 A required file is missing or corrupted, or settings are incorrect. Try the installation again. Scanner driver will be closed.
For how to delete MP Drivers, see Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers. 250 An error has occurred. Turn the device off and then back on. Scanner driver will be closed. • Turn the device off and then back on. 252 Cannot write or read file. • Exit running applications, check that there is sufficient free space on the hard disk, then scan again.
Faxing Problems Problems Sending Faxes Problems Receiving Faxes Cannot Send a Fax Clearly Telephone Problems 1127
Problems Sending Faxes Cannot Send a Fax Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing, or Cannot Dial by Entering Numbers Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax 1128
Cannot Send a Fax Check1 Is power turned on? • You cannot send faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on. • If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power (the POWER lamp is lit), reconnecting it turns on the power automatically. • If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (the POWER lamp is off), reconnect it, and then press the ON button to turn on the power. • If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc.
FAX settings Is Dial tone detect set to ON? Check6 Resend the fax after a while. If you still cannot send the fax, select OFF for Dial tone detect in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings. FAX settings Is fax number registered correctly in printer's directory? Check7 Check the recipient's fax/telephone number, correct the fax/telephone number registered in the printer's directory, and then send the document again.
Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing, or Cannot Dial by Entering Numbers Check Have you already selected recipient from redial history, or already dialed a number by entering the fax/telephone numbers? You can dial one recipient by selecting from the redial history or by entering the fax/telephone numbers as the recipient of sequential broadcasting.
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax Check Check telephone line condition or connection. If the telephone line or connection is poor, reducing the transmission start speed may correct the error. Reduce the transmission start speed on TX start speed in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
Problems Receiving Faxes Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax Printer Does Not Switch Automatically between Voice and Fax Calls Quality of Received Fax is Poor Cannot Receive a Color Fax Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax 1133
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax Is the power turned on? Check1 • You cannot receive faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on. • If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power (the POWER lamp is lit), reconnecting it turns on the power automatically. • If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (the POWER lamp is off), reconnect it, and then press the ON button to turn on the power.
Connecting Telephone Line Is a different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper Check5 settings loaded? If a different size of paper from that specified by Page size is loaded for printing faxes, the received faxes will not be printed and will be stored in the printer's memory (Memory Reception). Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size, and then press the OK button.
If you select Reject for any setting items in Caller rejection in Security control under FAX settings, the printer rejects calls for setting item selected Reject. For details on how to set, see Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls.
Printer Does Not Switch Automatically between Voice and Fax Calls Check Is receive mode set to FAX only mode? If FAX only mode is selected for Receive mode settings, there will be no automatic switching between voice and fax calls. Set the receive mode to TEL priority mode, DRPD*1, or Network switch*2. If the receive mode is TEL priority mode and an answering machine is connected to the printer, check whether a proper message is played back when the answering machine answers.
Quality of Received Fax is Poor Check1 Check scan settings of sender's fax device. Ask the sender to adjust the scan settings of the fax device. Check2 Is ECM RX set to OFF? Select ON for ECM RX in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings. If ECM RX is enabled, the sender's fax device resends the fax after correcting errors automatically.
Cannot Receive a Color Fax Check Is ECM RX set to OFF? If OFF is select for ECM RX in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings, the printer cannot receive color faxes. The printer will disconnect the telephone line or receive color faxes in black & white according to the setting of the sender's fax device. Set ECM RX to ON.
Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax Check1 Check telephone line condition or connection. If the telephone line or connection is poor, reducing the reception start speed may correct the error. Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings. FAX settings Check2 Is sender's fax device operating normally? Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax device is operating normally.
Cannot Send a Fax Clearly Check1 Is document loaded correctly? Remove the document, and then reload it on the platen glass or in the ADF. Loading Originals Check2 Is platen glass and/or inner side of document cover and/or glass of ADF dirty? Clean the platen glass and/or the inner side of the document cover and/or the glass of ADF, and then reload the document. Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Note • If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
Telephone Problems Cannot Dial Telephone Disconnects During a Call 1142
Cannot Dial Check1 Is telephone line cable connected correctly? Check that the telephone line cable is connected correctly. Connecting Telephone Line Check2 Is telephone line type of printer or external device set correctly? Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Telephone Disconnects During a Call Check Is telephone line cable or telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external telephone, an answering machine, or a computer modem) connected correctly? Check that the telephone line cable and the telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external telephone, an answering machine, or a computer modem) are connected correctly.
Mechanical Problems Power Does Not Come On USB Connection Problems Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB LCD Is Off LCD Shows Wrong Language Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows) 1145
Power Does Not Come On Check1 Press ON button. Check2 Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn it back on. Check3 Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn it on again. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
USB Connection Problems Printing or Scanning Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not Work/"This device can perform faster" Message Appears (Windows) If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of USB 1.1. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to the communication speed. Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed USB connection.
Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Check1 Make sure printer is turned on. Check2 Connect USB cable properly. As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer. Check3 Do not start IJ Network Tool while printing. (Mac OS) Check4 Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running. (Mac OS) Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of properties dialog box of printer driver.
LCD Is Off • If POWER lamp is off: The printer is not on. Check that the power cord is connected and press the ON button. • If POWER lamp is lit: The LCD may be in screen-saver mode. Press any button on the operation panel.
LCD Shows Wrong Language Follow the instructions below to select your language. 1. Press HOME button and wait for about 5 seconds. 2. Select Setup on HOME screen. LCD and Operation Panel 3. Select Device settings and press OK button. 4. Press button 4 times and press OK button. 5. Use button to select a language for LCD and press OK button.
Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position Important • The print head holder moves to the position for replacing only when an ink tank runs out of ink. If no ink tanks run out of ink, the print head holder does not move even though you open the front cover. Check1 Is POWER lamp off? Check if the POWER lamp is lit. The POWER lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit, and then open the front cover again.
Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows) Check1 Is printer status monitor enabled? Make sure Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor. 1. Open printer driver setup window. How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2. On Maintenance sheet, click View Printer Status. 3. Select Enable Status Monitor on Option menu if it is not selected.
Installation and Download Problems Cannot Install MP Drivers Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows) Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows) 1153
Cannot Install MP Drivers For Windows: For Mac OS: For Windows: • If installation does not start when you insert Setup CD-ROM: Follow the instructions below to start the installation. 1. Make the following settings. ◦ In Windows 10, click Start button > File Explorer, and then click This PC from list on left. ◦ In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop, and then select This PC (Computer for Windows 8) from list on left.
• If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen: Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen • Other cases: Reinstall the MP Drivers. If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then reinstall the MP Drivers. Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website.
Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows) If Easy-WebPrint EX does not start or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer, check the following. Check1 Is Canon Easy-WebPrint EX displayed on Toolbars menu in Internet Explorer's View menu? If Canon Easy-WebPrint EX is not displayed, Easy-WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer. Install the latest version of Easy-WebPrint EX from the Canon website.
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows) Download the latest MP Drivers. The latest MP Drivers for your model are available for download on the Canon website. Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with wireless LAN connection. The printer is detected automatically in the network.
Errors and Messages An Error Occurs A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen Message Appears 1158
An Error Occurs If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message. If an error occurs, a support code (error number) appears on the computer screen or the LCD. When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on Computer Screen: • For Windows: • For Mac OS: * The screen differs depending on the OS you are using.
For more on resolving errors with support codes, see List of Support Code for Error. Note • You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown. Search To resolve errors that do not have support codes, see An Error Occurs.
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen If a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen, take the corresponding action described below. Message Action Auto redial The printer is waiting to redial the recipient's number because the line was busy or the recipient did not answer when you tried to send a document. Wait for the printer to automatically redial the number.
Set Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print. However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out. Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the printer's memory. If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings to store the received fax in the printer's memory.
Memory is full. The printer's memory is full because it has sent/received too many documents, or a detailed document. Print the faxes stored in the printer's memory or save them on the USB flash drive, and delete them from the printer's memory. Document Stored in Printer's Memory When sending a fax, resend it. If this message still appears, delete the faxes stored in the printer's memory, divide the faxes for sending, and send them again. When receiving a fax, have the sender resend the faxes.
Message Appears This section describes some of the errors and messages that may appear. Note • A support code (error number) is displayed on the computer or on the LCD for some errors. For details on errors that have support code, see List of Support Code for Error. If a message appears on the LCD, see below. Message Appears on LCD If a message appears on the computer, see below.
• "?" is displayed on the preview screen. ◦ Data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer. • The specified PDF file contains unprintable data. Some portions may not be printed. PDF file which contain lot of graphics or hi-resolution images may lose that data or stop before printing is completed. In this case, print from the computer. • Check the page size and select . The size of the loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting.
See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action. Check Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows) The printer may have been unplugged while it was on. Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK. The printer starts printing. See Unplugging the Machine for unplugging the power cord. Important • If the printer is unplugged, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
• If setting is incorrect: Reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website. • If printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named "USBnnn" is selected: In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select My Printer on Start screen to start My Printer. If My Printer is not displayed on Start screen, select Search charm, and then search for "My Printer". Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer.
Other Error Messages (Windows) Check If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the following: • "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space" Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk. • "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory" Close other applications to increase the available memory. If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
• If you agree to participate in survey program: Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information is sent via the Internet. Once you have completed the procedure, the information is subsequently sent automatically and the confirmation screen does not reappear. Note • When the information is being sent, a warning such as an Internet security message may appear. Make sure the program name is "IJPLMUI.exe" and allow it.
Note • A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when installing, uninstalling or starting up software. This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task. If you are logged in on an account with administrator privileges, follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Select Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program. 3. Select Change.
• If you agree to participate in survey program: Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information is sent via the Internet. Once you have completed the procedure, the information is subsequently sent automatically and the confirmation screen does not reappear.
2. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder. 3. Move Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.app file to Trash. 4. Restart computer. Empty Trash and restart your computer. • Changing setting: To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume surveying, follow the procedure below. 1.
If You Cannot Solve a Problem If there is a problem that you cannot solve following the instructions in this chapter, contact Canon through the Support page of the Canon website or contact your nearest Canon service center. Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers. Caution • If the printer emits any unusual sound, smoke, or odor, turn it off immediately. Unplug the printer and contact the seller you bought it from or your nearest Canon service center.
List of Support Code for Error Support code appears on the LCD and your computer screen when errors occur. A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message. When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the LCD and computer screen and take the appropriate action in response.
• 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000 6500 6502 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6939 693A 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 • 7000 to 7ZZZ 7100 7200 7201 7203 7204 7205 • 9000 to 9ZZZ 9000 9500 • A000 to ZZZZ B202 B203 B204 B205 B502 B503 B504 C000 For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
1300 Cause Paper is jammed inside front cover. What to Do If the paper is jammed inside the front cover, remove the paper by following these steps. Important • The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the printer's memory. Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not unplug when turning off the printer.
3. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands. If the paper is rolled up, pull out it. 4. Pull paper out slowly, so as not to tear it. 5. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and remove any remaining paper. • Any paper left under the print head holder? • Any small bits of paper left in the printer? • Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (C) in the printer? 6. Close front cover. 7. Press printer's OK button.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5/A6 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5/A6 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1303 Cause Paper is jammed inside rear cover. What to Do If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover, follow these steps to remove the paper. Important • The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the printer's memory. Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not unplug when turning off the printer.
4. Pull out paper slowly. Note • Do not touch the inner parts of the printer. • If you cannot pull the paper out, try the following. • Turn the printer off and turn it back on. The paper may be ejected automatically. • Pull out the paper output tray. It becomes easy to pull out the paper. 5. Close rear cover slowly. Close the rear cover then slide it to the right. Slide the rear cover so that the mark on the rear cover aligns with the mark on the printer. 6. Reload paper and press printer's OK button.
After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the printer's OK button, the printer resumes printing from the page where the paper was jammed. • If the paper is jammed while printing from a computer or copying in progress: After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the printer's OK button, the printer resumes printing from the next page where the paper was jammed. As the page where the paper was jammed is not printed, reprint if necessary.
1313 Cause Paper is jammed inside rear cover as printer pulled in printed paper. What to Do If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover as the printer pulled in the printed paper, remove the paper by following these steps. Important • If the printed paper piles up on the paper output slot, the printer may pull it in and the paper is jammed inside the printer. Remove the printed paper from the paper output tray before it amounts to 75 sheets.
3. Open rear cover. Slide the rear cover to the left then open it. 4. Pull out paper slowly. Note • Do not touch the inner parts of the printer. • If you cannot pull the paper out, try the following. • Turn the printer off and turn it back on. The paper may be ejected automatically. • Pull out the paper output tray. It becomes easy to pull out the paper. 5. Close rear cover slowly. Close the rear cover then slide it to the right.
• If the paper is jammed while printing the faxes or the fax report in progress: After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the printer's OK button, the printer resumes printing from the page where the paper was jammed. • If the paper is jammed while printing from a computer or copying in progress: After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the printer's OK button, the printer resumes printing from the next page where the paper was jammed.
1314 Cause Paper is jammed inside rear cover during automatic duplex printing. What to Do If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover when performing automatic duplex printing, remove the paper by following these steps. Important • The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the printer's memory. Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes.
4. Pull out paper slowly. Note • Do not touch the inner parts of the printer. • If you cannot pull the paper out, try the following. • Turn the printer off and turn it back on. The paper may be ejected automatically. • Pull out the paper output tray. It becomes easy to pull out the paper. 5. Close rear cover slowly. Close the rear cover then slide it to the right. Slide the rear cover so that the mark on the rear cover aligns with the mark on the printer. 6. Reload paper and press printer's OK button.
After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the printer's OK button, the printer resumes printing from the page where the paper was jammed. • If the paper is jammed while printing from a computer or copying in progress: After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the printer's OK button, the printer resumes printing from the next page where the paper was jammed. As the page where the paper was jammed is not printed, reprint if necessary.
2801 Cause Document is jammed in ADF. What to Do Remove the document following the procedure below. Important • The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the printer's memory. Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not unplug when turning off the printer. If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5. Close document feeder cover and turn on printer. When rescanning the document after clearing the error, rescan it from the first page. If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the printer, or if the document jam error continues after removing the document, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Note • The document may not feed properly depending on the media type, or your environment, such as when the temperature and humidity are either too high or too low.
Other Cases Check the following: Check1 Is anything blocking paper output slot? Check2 Is rear cover attached properly? Check3 Is paper curled? Correct curl before loading paper.
1003 Cause Possible causes include the following. • There is no paper in the cassette. • Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly. What to Do Take the corresponding actions below. • Load paper in the cassette. • Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette. After carrying out the above measures, press the OK button. Note • To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
1200 Cause Front cover is open. What to Do Close the front cover and wait for a while. Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank.
1309 Cause Paper size that is not compatible with automatic duplex printing is specified. What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter. Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing. Then change the print settings and retry printing.
1310 Cause Size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing. What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter. Make sure paper of the correct size is loaded. Press the OK button to eject the paper and restart printing from the front of the next piece of paper. The reverse side of the ejected sheet is not printed.
1319 Cause Size of paper is not compatible with automatic duplex printing. What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter. Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing. Then change the print settings and retry printing.
1575 Cause Ink cannot be correctly detected. What to Do If an ink tank becomes empty, replace it. An ink tank cannot be replaced until it becomes empty. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition.
1600 Cause Ink may have run out. What to Do Replacing the ink tank is recommended. If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the machine's OK button with the ink tank installed. Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The machine may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
1660 Cause An ink tank is not installed. What to Do Install the ink tank.
1688 Cause The ink has run out. What to Do Replace the ink tank and close the front cover. Printing under the current condition may damage the machine. If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. Press and hold the machine's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it. With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized.
1700 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the printer's OK button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1701 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the printer's OK button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1754 Cause The ink tank is not installed properly. What to Do Open the front cover. Then push the ink tank. After installing the ink tank properly, close the front cover. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • The ink tank that was once installed cannot be removed until the ink runs out.
1755 Cause The ink has run out. What to Do To maintain both machine and print quality, the machine cannot continue printing under the ink out condition. Cancel printing and replace the ink tank before printing again. Important • Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed. • Once you remove an ink tank, the machine will not operate until a new one is installed. • Once you remove an ink tank, the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled.
1871 Cause Cassette is not inserted. What to Do Insert the cassette. Note • Once the cassette is installed, the screen for setting cassette paper information appears. Set the paper information for the paper in the cassette. • To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
1890 Cause Protective material or tape may still be attached to print head holder. What to Do Open the front cover and make sure the protective material and tape have been removed from the print head holder. If the protective material or tape is still there, remove it and close the front cover. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
2001 Cause An incompatible device is connected. What to Do Check the device connected to the USB flash drive port. Printing photos directly is possible with a USB flash drive.
2002 Cause An unsupported USB hub is connected. What to Do If a USB flash drive is connected to the printer through the USB hub, disconnect the hub from the printer. Connect a USB flash drive directly to the printer.
2110 Cause Paper settings for printing or copying differ from cassette paper information set on printer. Note • See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the LCD.
What to Do Pressing the printer's OK button again, the screen below appears. Select the appropriate action. Note • All of the options below may not appear, depending on the setting. Print with the loaded paper. Select this option to print or copy on the paper in the cassette, without changing the paper settings. For example, if the paper setting is A5, and A4 is set in the cassette paper information, the A5 size setting is used to print or copy on the A4 paper in the cassette.
Once you have changed the paper, the screen for setting the cassette paper information appears. Set the paper information for the paper in the cassette. Note • If you do not know what paper information to set, press the Back button. The previous screen appears, showing the paper size and media type. Check the paper settings and set them as the cassette paper information. • See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the LCD.
2120 Cause Cassette paper settings are incomplete. What to Do If screen below is shown, the cassette paper settings are incomplete. Press the printer's OK button to finish setting the cassette paper settings.
2500 Cause Cause of following may have occurred failure of automatic print head alignment. • Print head nozzles are clogged. • Paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded. • Paper output slot is exposed to strong light. What to Do Press the printer's OK button and take the corresponding actions below. • Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern. • Load one sheet of A4/Letter-sized plain paper and perform automatic print head alignment again.
2700 Cause Possible causes include the following. • An error occurred during copying and some time elapsed. • Document is remained in ADF. • An error occurred during scanning and the document is remained in ADF. What to Do Take the corresponding actions below. • When you copy, press the printer's OK button and retry copying. • When the document is remained in the ADF, press the printer's OK button to feed out the document.
2802 Cause No document in ADF. What to Do Press the OK button to resolve the error and operate again after loading documents.
2803 Cause Document is too long or is jammed in ADF. What to Do Press the OK button. Then make sure the document you are loading meets the printer's requirements before redoing the operation. If the document is jammed, remove the jammed document following the procedure below. Important • The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the printer's memory.
5. Close document feeder cover and turn on printer. When rescanning the document after clearing the error, rescan it from the first page. If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the printer, or if the document jam error continues after removing the document, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Note • The document may not feed properly depending on the media type, or your environment, such as when the temperature and humidity are either too high or too low.
3401 Cause Reserve copy is canceled. What to Do Press the printer's OK button.
3402 Cause Printer could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Wait for a while and retry copying.
3403 Cause Printer could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Wait for a while and retry copying.
3404 Cause Document is remained in ADF. What to Do Wait for a while. Copying will start.
3405 Cause Printer could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Wait for a while and retry copying.
3406 Cause Printer could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Wait for a while and retry copying.
3407 Cause Loading next sheet is required. What to Do Load the next sheet and press the printer's OK button.
3408 Cause Preview screen is displayed on printer's LCD. What to Do After seeing the preview, Press the printer's OK button.
3410 Cause Cannot reserve copying job because printer is scanning a sheet. What to Do Wait for a while and reserve copying job.
3411 Cause You can reserve copying job. What to Do If you reserve a copying job, load the original and press the printer's Color button for color copying or the printer's Black button for black & white copying.
3412 Cause Scanning original has failed. What to Do press the printer's OK button, and then follow the actions below. • Make sure that the original is placed on the platen glass. • Make sure that the original is set in the correct position and orientation. After carrying out the above actions, retry scanning or copying. If the error is still not resolved, specify the size of the original. Important • The original that is smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square may not be scanned correctly.
3413 Cause Prevent paper abrasion has been set. What to Do If you continue printing in the current setting, select Yes and press the OK button. Prevent paper abrasion may reduce the print speed. If you disable this setting, select No and press the OK button. Press the HOME button, select Setup, Device settings, and Print settings, and then set Prevent paper abrasion to OFF.
3414 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the address and port number of the outgoing mail server (SMTP server) in mail server settings are correct with Remote UI. Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved, check your mail server condition. For settings and condition of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3415 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the address and port number of the incoming mail server (POP3 server) in mail server settings are correct with Remote UI. Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved, check your mail server condition. For settings and condition of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3416 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the settings for secure connection (SSL) of your mail server and printer are match. For printer's settings for secure connection (SSL), use Remote UI. Setting Mail Server For setting for secure connection (SSL) of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3417 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the settings for secure connection (SSL) of your mail server and printer are match. For printer's settings for secure connection (SSL), use Remote UI. Setting Mail Server For setting for secure connection (SSL) of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3418 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the settings item for the outgoing mail server (SMTP server) are correct with Remote UI. Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved, check your mail server condition. For settings and condition of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3419 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the outgoing account and outgoing password in mail server settings are correct with Remote UI. Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved, check your mail server condition. For settings and condition of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3420 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the settings item for the incoming mail server (POP3 server) are correct with Remote UI. Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved, check your mail server condition. For settings and condition of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3421 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the incoming account and incoming password in mail server settings are correct with Remote UI. Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved, check your mail server condition. For settings and condition of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3422 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the APOP authentication settings of your mail server and printer are match. For printer's APOP authentication setting, use Remote UI. Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved, check your mail server condition. For APOP authentication setting of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3423 Cause Communication with mail server failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Make sure that the mail server settings are correct with Remote UI. Setting Mail Server If the error is not resolved, check your mail server condition. For settings and condition of your mail server, contact the administrator of mail server.
3424 Cause Sending mail failed. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Specify the correct destination's mail address, and then retry sending mail.
3425 Cause Cause of following may have occurred failure of sending mail. • File size of scanned data is too large. • Printer's memory is full. What to Do Press the printer's OK button. Take the corresponding actions below. • Lower the resolution and retry to scanning. • Reduce the documents and retry to scanning. If the error is not resolved, take the corresponding actions below. • Check the maximum attachment file size for sending the scanned data.
3434 Cause First side printing is complete when manual duplex printing. What to Do Prepare to print the other side. Keeping the printed side facing up, rotate the paper 180 degrees so that the front edge of the printed paper faces away from you and fit the paper back into the cassette. When ready, press the printer's OK button.
3435 Cause First side printing is complete when manual duplex printing. What to Do Prepare to print the other side. Keeping the printed side facing up, fit the paper back into the cassette without changing its orientation. When ready, press the printer's OK button.
3436 Cause First side printing is complete when manual duplex printing. What to Do Prepare to print the other side. Keeping the printed side facing up, fit the paper back into the cassette without changing its orientation. When ready, press the printer's OK button.
3437 Cause First side printing is complete when manual duplex printing. What to Do Prepare to print the other side. Keeping the printed side facing up, rotate the paper 180 degrees so that the front edge of the printed paper faces away from you and fit the paper back into the cassette. When ready, press the printer's OK button.
4100 Cause Specified data cannot be printed. What to Do If you are printing CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM contents, check the message shown your computer, make sure genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors, and retry the printing.
4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with current print settings. What to Do Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing. Then change the print settings and retry printing.
5011 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5012 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5040 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5050 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5100 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the printer. Check the following: • Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment. • Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed. Press ink tanks until they click into place. Turn the printer back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5102 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the printer. Check the following: • Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment. • Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed. Press ink tanks until they click into place. Turn the printer back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5103 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the printer. Check the following: • Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment. • Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed. Press ink tanks until they click into place. Turn the printer back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5104 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the printer. Check the following: • Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment. • Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed. Press ink tanks until they click into place. Turn the printer back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5105 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the printer. Check the following: • Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment. • Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed. Press ink tanks until they click into place. Turn the printer back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5200 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5203 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5204 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5205 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5206 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5207 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5208 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5209 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5400 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
5500 Cause Ink tank has not been properly recognized. What to Do Contact the service center.
5501 Cause Ink tank has not been properly recognized. What to Do Contact the service center.
5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5C01 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6000 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6500 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6502 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6800 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6801 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6900 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6901 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6902 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6910 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6911 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6930 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6931 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6932 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6933 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6936 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6937 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6938 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6939 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
693A Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6940 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6941 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6942 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6943 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6944 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6945 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
6946 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
7100 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
7200 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
7201 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
7203 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
7204 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
7205 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
9000 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
9500 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
B202 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
B203 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
B204 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
B205 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
B502 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
B503 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
B504 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the printer and unplug it. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • If you unplug, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
C000 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the printer. Check the following: • Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment. • Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed. Press ink tanks until they click into place. Turn the printer back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
